FIRSTIER CORP
SB-2, 1999-12-21
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: RIGGS FUNDS, N-30D, 1999-12-21
Next: DREYFUS BASIC MUNICIPAL MONEY MARKET FUND INC /MD/, 485BPOS, 1999-12-21



<PAGE>   1
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 21, 1999
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                              FIRSTIER CORPORATION
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)

                                    COLORADO
            (STATE OR JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)

                                      6712
            (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)

                                   47-0484682
                      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)

                               11210 HURON STREET
                           NORTHGLENN, COLORADO 80234
                                 (303) 451-1010
        (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND
                          PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS)

                           TIMOTHY D. WIENS, PRESIDENT
                              FIRSTIER CORPORATION
                               11210 HURON STREET
                           NORTHGLENN, COLORADO 80234
                                 (303) 451-1010
            (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                   COPIES TO:

      Reid A. Godbolt, Esq.                    David B. Miller, Esq.
      David A. Thayer, Esq.                    Keyna P. Skeffington, Esq.
      Jones & Keller, P.C.                     Faegre & Benson LLP
      World Trade Center, Sixteenth Floor      2200 Norwest Center
      1625 Broadway                            90 South Seventh Street
      Denver, Colorado 80202                   Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-3901
      (303) 573-1600                           (612) 336-3000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering under
Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed under Rule 462(c) under the
Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed under Rule 462(d) under the
Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made under Rule 434, please
check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                            Proposed Maximum          Amount of
   Title of Each Class of Securities       Aggregate Offering       Registration
           to be Registered                       Price                  Fee
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                      <C>
Common Stock                                $43,000,000(1)(2)          $11,352
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Includes             shares of common stock subject to the underwriters'
    over-allotment option.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

                           ---------------------------

        THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON THE DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON THE DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================

<PAGE>   2


                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED             , 2000

                        SHARES

FIRSTIER CORPORATION
                                                                     [LOGO]
COMMON STOCK

$       PER SHARE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

o  FirsTier Corporation is offering       o  This is our initial public offering
           shares of common stock.           and no public market currently
                                             exists for our shares.

o  We anticipate that the initial         o  Proposed trading symbol: Nasdaq
   public offering price will be             National Market - FTCO
   between $       and $       per
   share.

                              --------------------

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 5.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                                        PER SHARE          TOTAL
                                                        ---------          -----
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>
Public offering price.................................  $               $
Underwriting discount.................................  $               $
Proceeds to FirsTier Corporation......................  $               $
================================================================================
</TABLE>

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of
additional shares of common stock,        shares from us and         shares from
selling shareholders to cover over-allotments, if any.

THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT DEPOSITS, SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR OTHER
OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED
BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OF ANYONE'S INVESTMENT IN THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED
IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY                         KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

                 THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS           , 2000.


THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DECLARES
OUR REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL
THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY
STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

                                       ii

<PAGE>   3



 [LOGO AND MAP of the Colorado and Nebraska area indicating banking locations.]

                     FirsTier Corporation Banking Locations



                                       iii

<PAGE>   4




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                                       ----
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Summary..................................................................................................2
Risk Factors.............................................................................................5
Use of Proceeds.........................................................................................11
Dividend Policy.........................................................................................11
Capitalization..........................................................................................12
Selected Consolidated Financial Data....................................................................13
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations........................................................15
Business................................................................................................36
Management..............................................................................................45
Principal and Selling Shareholders......................................................................49
Certain Transactions and Related Parties................................................................51
Supervision and Regulation..............................................................................52
Description of Capital Stock............................................................................59
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.........................................................................61
Underwriting............................................................................................62
Legal Matters...........................................................................................63
Experts.................................................................................................63
Where You Can Find More Information.....................................................................63
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................................................F-1
</TABLE>

                                 ---------------

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you
with different information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it
seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale
is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as
of the date on the front cover, but the information may have changed since that
date.

                                 ---------------

            CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements include statements relating to our performance and
business strategy in the "Summary," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business"
sections of this prospectus. Forward-looking statements include statements
regarding our intent, belief or current expectations, including statements
preceded by, followed by or including forward-looking terminology such as "may,"
"will," "should," "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "continue" or
similar expressions or comparable terminology. It is important to note that our
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated from the
forward-looking statements depending on various important factors. These
important factors include all of those discussed under the caption "Risk
Factors" beginning on page 5, as well as other factors discussed throughout this
prospectus.

                                        1

<PAGE>   5



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     SUMMARY

The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this
prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does
not contain all of the information you should consider. Therefore, you should
also read the more detailed information set out in this prospectus, including
the consolidated financial statements and notes. Unless otherwise indicated, all
information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment
option is not exercised. References to "we," "our," "us" and "FirsTier" refer to
FirsTier Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless stated
otherwise.

BUSINESS OF FIRSTIER CORPORATION

FirsTier Corporation is a $600 million multi-bank holding company headquartered
in the metropolitan Denver, Colorado area. We provide full service community
banking through the 18 locations of our two banks located in Colorado and
Nebraska. Our Colorado bank, which has 16 locations, operates in the rapidly
growing Front Range area of Colorado, which encompasses metropolitan Denver,
Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and their surrounding communities. Our
Nebraska bank, which has two locations, provides banking services to customers
in western and central Nebraska, principally located along the state's main
highway, Interstate 80.

We have grown significantly in recent years by establishing start-up branches of
our Colorado bank at reasonable costs and staffing them with experienced
bankers. Consolidation in the Colorado banking community has resulted in the
availability of seasoned bankers who have existing customer relationships and
who prefer to work in a community banking environment. Consequently, since 1995,
we have opened or acquired 14 branches with experienced banking personnel who
have strong customer contacts and who have been able to initiate business
immediately upon the opening of a new branch. As a result, our start-up branches
generally have reached profitability within 12 months.

Our strategy of establishing start-up branches of our Colorado bank has resulted
in significant growth since 1995. Total assets have increased to $608.1 million
at September 30, 1999 from $96.0 million at December 31, 1995. Gross loans have
increased to $515.8 million at September 30, 1999 from $45.6 million at December
31, 1995. We increased our net income to $3.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, a
compounded annual growth rate of 34.4%, despite absorbing costs associated with
opening new branches. Our net income for the nine months ended September 30,
1999 was $3.5 million.

As part of our community banking philosophy, we emphasize relationship banking
with small to mid-sized businesses. We provide high quality personalized service
to our customers by allowing each of our branches significant local decision
making authority. While we have decentralized customer-related activities, we
have centralized support functions, such as credit administration, loan review,
data processing, accounting and investments to take advantage of economies of
scale.

Our goal is to grow our franchise while maintaining a profitable,
customer-focused financial institution. To meet this goal, we will continue to
adhere to the following operating strategies:

    o   assembling an experienced banking team;

    o   maximizing operational efficiencies;

    o   developing active marketing programs;

    o   providing high quality customer service; and

    o   maintaining a high level of asset quality.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        2

<PAGE>   6


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We expect our growth to continue largely in the Front Range area of Colorado,
which is the most densely populated area of the Rocky Mountain Region. This area
continues to experience rapid growth in terms of both population and employment.
In addition, employment in the Front Range is broadly diversified across
manufacturing, construction, financial services, wholesale and retail trade,
tourism, transportation, technology, cable television and government. Our growth
will be focused on:

    o   Adding new start-up branches. New branches will be added in markets we
        deem attractive and will be staffed with experienced banking personnel
        who have existing customer relationships; and

    o   Continuing to grow existing branches. We believe internal growth will be
        fueled by our intensive solicitation policy conducted by branch
        presidents and lending officers, as well as from referrals from existing
        customers and our growing market presence. The addition of capital from
        this offering also will allow us to increase our legal lending limit to
        better meet the banking needs of our customers.

OFFICE LOCATION

Our principal executive offices are located at 11210 Huron Street, Northglenn,
Colorado, and our telephone number is (303) 451-1010.

THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Common stock offered...................................                    shares

Common stock outstanding after the offering............                    shares (1)

Offering price ........................................    $           per share

Use of proceeds........................................    We intend to use the net proceeds of this
                                                           offering as follows:

                                                           o   repay all amounts outstanding under
                                                               our line of credit, estimated to be
                                                               $15.0 million;

                                                           o   fund up to $5.0 million of loans to be
                                                               originated by our recently formed
                                                               mezzanine lending business; and

                                                           o   contribute the remaining proceeds as
                                                               capital to our Colorado bank to
                                                               support its growth.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.................    FTCO
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Excludes 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of all
    options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, at an exercise price
    of $12.00 per share.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        3

<PAGE>   7



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            AT OR FOR THE NINE
                                                       AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -----------------------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                                  1995           1996          1997         1998           1998          1999
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
  Interest income ...........................  $     6,544   $     7,908   $    16,263   $    26,754   $    18,715   $    32,132
  Interest expense ..........................        2,655         3,120         7,481        12,754         8,755        16,384
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net interest income .......................        3,889         4,788         8,782        14,000         9,960        15,748
  Provision for loan losses .................          104            15           140         1,090           180         2,174
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net interest income after
    provision for loan losses ...............        3,785         4,773         8,642        12,910         9,780        13,574
  Non-interest income .......................          907         1,251         1,708         2,840         1,981         2,753
  Non-interest expenses .....................        2,775         3,749         6,544        10,659         7,043        11,052
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Income before income taxes ................        1,917         2,275         3,806         5,091         4,718         5,275
  Income tax expense ........................          475           705         1,309         1,716         1,765         1,825
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
  Net income ................................  $     1,442   $     1,570   $     2,497   $     3,375   $     2,953   $     3,450
                                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Net income per common
    share--basic and diluted ................  $      0.22   $      0.24   $      0.36   $      0.46   $      0.40   $      0.46
  Weighted average common shares
    outstanding--basic and diluted ..........    6,559,529     6,559,529     7,018,696     7,346,673     7,346,673     7,527,891

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total assets ..............................  $    95,975   $   125,013   $   227,600   $   367,207   $   335,493   $   608,144
  Loans .....................................       45,580        68,751       165,627       289,989       248,347       515,843
  Allowance for loan losses .................          767           851         1,321         2,187         1,592         4,364
  Investment securities .....................       34,783        31,788        28,512        34,228        44,351        45,515
  Deposits ..................................       78,041       101,387       200,294       319,480       294,044       516,466
  Stockholders' equity ......................       12,244        13,749        16,911        20,706        19,868        24,328

  Book value per share ......................         1.87          2.10          2.30          2.82          2.70          3.21
  Tangible book value per share .............         1.87          2.10          2.18          2.70          2.59          3.11

KEY RATIOS:(1)
  Net interest margin(2) ....................         5.11%         5.36%         5.27%         5.32%         5.49%         4.77%
  Net interest spread(2) ....................         4.15          4.24          4.39          4.56          4.73          4.17
  Return on average assets ..................         1.63          1.52          1.35          1.18          1.49          0.97
  Return on average common equity ...........        11.78         11.42         16.31         17.94         21.47         20.23
  Operating expenses to average assets ......         2.58          3.64          3.53          3.72          3.48          3.11
  Efficiency ratio(3) .......................        57.85         62.08         61.82         62.92         58.58         59.48
  Nonperforming assets to total assets ......         0.14          0.10          0.60          0.30          0.44          0.22
  Nonperforming loans to total loans ........         0.30          0.17          0.74          0.32          0.28          0.24
  Allowance for loan losses to total loans ..         1.68          1.24          0.80          0.75          0.69          0.85
  Allowance for loan losses to
    nonperforming loans .....................       555.80        739.65        107.57        236.94        229.73        348.00
  Net charge-offs (recoveries) to
    average loans ...........................         0.48         (0.13)        (0.04)         0.10         (0.05)         0.00
  Tier 1 leverage ratio .....................        12.76         12.95          7.53          5.70          6.20          5.64
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ...........        21.01         17.36          9.02          6.44          7.22          5.73
  Total risk-based capital ratio ............        22.21         18.36          9.74          7.22          7.80          9.30
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Where appropriate, the ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
    and 1999 have been annualized. These ratios are not necessarily indicative
    of the results for the entire year.
(2) Calculated on a tax equivalent basis.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expenses, excluding
    amortization of goodwill, as a percentage of net interest income plus
    non-interest income.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        4

<PAGE>   8




                                  RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors before you decide to
buy our common stock. You should also consider the other information in this
prospectus.

OUR BUSINESS IS CONCENTRATED IN THE FRONT RANGE AREA OF COLORADO; IF ECONOMIC
CONDITIONS IN OUR PRIMARY MARKET AREA DETERIORATE, OUR BUSINESS MAY BE
NEGATIVELY AFFECTED.

Our success depends on the general economic conditions of the markets we serve.
Our operations are concentrated in the Front Range area of Colorado and to a
lesser extent in western and central Nebraska. Further, 58.4% of our outstanding
loans as of September 30, 1999 were to businesses and individuals in the Denver
and Boulder metropolitan areas. If economic conditions in our market areas,
especially in the Denver and Boulder metropolitan areas, are unfavorable or
deteriorate, we could experience an increase in the number of borrowers that are
unable to repay their loans on a timely basis. This could lead to higher rates
of loss and loan payment delinquencies. These factors could have a negative
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

BECAUSE A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR LOAN PORTFOLIO IS SECURED BY REAL ESTATE,
ANY NEGATIVE CONDITIONS AFFECTING REAL ESTATE COULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO US.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of commercial loans which
are secured by various types of real estate as collateral, as well as real
estate loans on principally commercial properties. Since these loans rely on
real estate as collateral, either totally in the case of real estate loans or
partially in the case of commercial loans secured by real estate, they are
sensitive to economic conditions and interest rates. Conditions in the real
estate lending sector have been favorably affected by rapid economic growth in
the Front Range area of Colorado and by relatively low interest rates during the
past several years. There is no assurance that these favorable conditions will
continue. Real estate lending also presents additional credit related risks,
including a borrower's inability to pay and deterioration in the value of real
estate held as collateral.

WE HAVE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION LOANS. THESE LOANS ARE SUBJECT TO
ADDITIONAL RISKS UNIQUE TO THE BUILDING INDUSTRY THAT COULD NEGATIVELY AFFECT
OUR NET INCOME.

Historically, our loan portfolio has included a concentration of construction
loans consisting of one-to-four family residential construction loans,
commercial construction loans and land loans for residential and commercial
development. At September 30, 1999, 23.4% of our total loan portfolio was in
construction loans. Approximately 45.4% of these loans were for properties that
were not pre-sold or for land loans. Conditions in the construction lending
sector have been favorably affected by the same factors affecting real estate
loans. There is no assurance that these favorable conditions will continue. In
addition to the risk of nonpayment by borrowers, construction lending poses
additional risks in that:

    o   land values may decline;

    o   developers or builders may fail to complete or develop projects;

    o   municipalities may place moratoriums on building;

    o   developers may fail to sell the improved real estate;

    o   construction delays and cost overruns may be experienced;

    o   insufficient collateral may exist; or

    o   permanent financing may not be obtained in a timely manner.

Any of these conditions could negatively affect our net income and our financial
condition.


                                        5

<PAGE>   9




WE INTEND TO CONTINUE TO GROW PRIMARILY THROUGH THE START UP OF NEW BRANCHES IN
COLORADO. THIS STRATEGY INVOLVES SIGNIFICANT INVESTMENT WITHOUT A HISTORY OF
OPERATIONS.

Opening new branches involves the commitment of substantial capital and
management resources in locations at which we have no prior operating history.
Since 1993, when we acquired our Colorado bank, we have opened 13 locations and
acquired two locations in the Front Range area of Colorado. We plan to open one
loan production office in early 2000 and open additional branches in the future.
Our branch strategy has benefitted from consolidation in the Colorado banking
market, which has resulted in an increased availability of qualified banking
personnel and suitable new branch locations. There is no assurance that these
favorable conditions will continue. In addition, the success of new branches is
dependent on many factors, including:

    o   the retention of qualified lending and management personnel;

    o   securing favorable purchase or lease terms for new branch sites;

    o   the ability to secure regulatory approvals;

    o   the cost effective and timely construction and opening of branches;

    o   successfully building customer relationships;

    o   competitive product offerings; and

    o   favorable economic conditions in our primary market areas.

Start-up branches do not achieve profitability until loan volume is sufficient
to generate interest income to cover expenses. There is no assurance that our
start-up branches will achieve profitability consistent with our historical
experience or that our new branches will be profitable at all.

IF WE DO NOT MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY, OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE COULD BE
NEGATIVELY AFFECTED.

Our failure to manage growth effectively, our inability to secure additional
banking locations, or our inability to recruit, maintain and integrate
additional qualified employees, could have a negative effect on our business and
results of operations. We have experienced rapid growth since 1995, when we
began our strategy of establishing start-up branches in the Front Range area of
Colorado. Our assets have grown from $96.0 million at December 31, 1995 to
$608.1 million at September 30, 1999. Our number of employees has grown from 45
at December 31, 1995 to 210 at September 30, 1999. We intend to continue to grow
by opening new branches and by adding new employees. Future growth will impose
significant added responsibilities on members of management, including
identifying and securing banking locations and identifying, recruiting,
maintaining and integrating additional employees. There can also be no assurance
that our systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our
operations as they expand or that we will be able to implement necessary
modifications to these systems, procedures and controls in a timely manner.

WE RELY HEAVILY ON OUR MANAGEMENT.

We are dependent upon the efforts and services of Timothy D. Wiens and our other
senior officers. The loss of the services of these persons could have a material
negative effect on our operations. We do not maintain key-man life insurance
with respect to Timothy D. Wiens.

COMPETITION WITH OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS COULD NEGATIVELY AFFECT OUR
PROFITABILITY.

We face substantial competition in originating loans and in attracting deposits.
Competition in originating loans comes principally from banks, savings
institutions and other lenders. Many of our competitors enjoy competitive
advantages including greater financial resources, a wider geographic presence or
more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer additional
services, more favorable pricing alternatives and lower origination and
operating costs. Increased competitive pressures could be one effect of the
recently adopted Gramm-Leach-Bliley



                                        6

<PAGE>   10


Act described below under "Supervision and Regulation." This competition could
result in a decrease in loans we originate and could negatively affect our
results of operations.

In attracting deposits, we compete with insured depository institutions such as
banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering
uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Traditional
banking institutions, as well as entities intending to transact business solely
on-line, are increasingly utilizing the Internet as a means of attracting
deposits without geographic or physical limitations. In addition, many nonbank
competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern our
banks. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than we do, which could
result in either our attracting fewer deposits or in our being required to
increase our rates in order to attract deposits. Increased deposit competition
could increase our cost of funds and could affect adversely our ability to
generate the funds necessary for our lending operations, thereby negatively
affecting our results of operations.

WE ARE VULNERABLE TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES.

A sustained decrease in interest rate spreads would have a negative effect on
our net interest income and profitability. Our profitability in part is
dependent upon the spread between the interest rates earned on loans,
investments and other earning assets and the interest rates paid on deposits and
other interest-bearing liabilities. There can be no assurance that a decrease
will not occur. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including
governmental monetary policies and domestic and international economic and
political conditions. Conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment,
money supply and other factors beyond our control may also affect interest
rates. Fluctuations in market interest rates are neither predictable nor
controllable and may have a material negative effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

When our earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than our interest-bearing
liabilities in a given period, a decrease in market interest rates could
decrease our net interest income. Likewise, when our interest-bearing
liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than our earning assets in a given
period, an increase in market interest rates could decrease our net interest
income. At September 30, 1999, our earning assets maturing or repricing within
one year exceeded our interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing during
the same period by 16.3%.

Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of our loans. An increase in
interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the
principal or interest on our loans may lead to an increase in our nonperforming
assets and could have a material negative effect on our results of operations.

IF OUR ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES IS NOT ADEQUATE TO COVER ACTUAL LOSSES, OUR NET
INCOME MAY DECREASE.

We are exposed to the risk that our customers will be unable to repay their
loans in a timely fashion and that any collateral securing the payment of loans
may not be sufficient to assure repayment. The inability of borrowers to repay
their loans could erode earnings and capital of our banks. We maintain an
allowance for loan losses to cover loan defaults. Our allowance for loan losses
is based on various assumptions and judgments regarding the collectibility of
loans, including our prior experience with loan losses, as well as an evaluation
of the risks in our loan portfolio. This allowance is maintained at a level
considered adequate by us to absorb anticipated losses. The amount of future
loan losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other
conditions, including changes in interest rates, that may be beyond our control.
Actual losses may exceed our estimates and we may have to increase the allowance
for loan losses. This would cause us to increase our provision for loan losses,
which would decrease our net income. Further, state and federal regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and
our allowance for loan losses. Regulators, when reviewing our loan portfolio,
may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, negatively affecting
our net income.

In the fourth quarter of 1998, we modified our methodology for determining the
allowance for loan losses. We further refined our methodology in the first
quarter of 1999. The change in methodology contributed to an increase in the
provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 1998 of 679% over the
same period in

                                        7

<PAGE>   11


1997, while gross loans receivable increased 75.2%, and caused an increase of
1108% to our provision for loan losses for the nine month period ended September
30, 1999, while gross loans receivable increased 107.7% from December 31, 1998.
This resulted in an increase in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
total loans from 0.75% at December 31, 1998, to 0.85% at September 30, 1999.
These increases negatively affected our net income. Additional increases in our
provision for loan losses and our allowance for loan losses may be necessary in
the future and may affect period to period comparisons of net income.

OUR COMPUTER SYSTEMS AND THOSE OF OUR SERVICE PROVIDERS AND CUSTOMERS MAY NOT
ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 READINESS.

We may be unable to resolve the potential impact of the year 2000 on the ability
of our computerized information systems and those of our service providers to
accurately process potentially date-sensitive information. Any of the programs
we or our service providers use that recognize a date using "00" as the year
1900 rather than the year 2000 could result in errors or system failures. The
interruption of our business could be substantial and we could experience
increased costs if our year 2000 efforts or those of our service providers are
not effective. We have developed and tested contingency plans in the event we or
our service providers experience system failures. There is no assurance that, if
required, these plans can be implemented successfully. We also may experience
losses related to loans we have made to businesses that may be adversely
affected by the year 2000 issue. Further, the Year 2000 Information and
Readiness Disclosure Act of 1998 that was signed into law in July 1999 may limit
our ability to seek damages from third parties for losses we suffer. These
uncertainties may negatively impact our financial condition and results of
operations. For further information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Considerations."

THE WIENS FAMILY WILL RETAIN SIGNIFICANT CONTROL OF FIRSTIER.

As a practical matter, shareholders outside the Wiens family will have little or
no ability to direct the affairs of FirsTier without the support of the Wiens
family. Upon completion of this offering, and assuming full exercise of the
over-allotment option, the Wiens family in the aggregate will beneficially own
or control in excess of % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these
shareholders, acting together, are able to control all matters requiring
approval by shareholders, including amendment of our articles of incorporation
and bylaws, the approval of mergers or similar transactions and the election of
all directors. The death of a substantial shareholder or the decision by the
Wiens family to sell or liquidate its shares for whatever reason would have the
effect of altering the balance of effective shareholder control. This
concentration of ownership also may delay, defer or prevent a change in control
of us and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the
support of these shareholders. Joel H. Wiens and Timothy D. Wiens constitute two
of the members of our board of directors and they serve as our highest ranking
officers. These persons may experience conflicts of interest in the execution of
their duties on our behalf. There can be no assurance that any conflicts would
be resolved in our favor.

AN ACTIVE LIQUID TRADING MARKET MAY NOT DEVELOP FOR OUR COMMON STOCK.

We have filed an application with the Nasdaq National Market to list the shares
of common stock offered by this prospectus. We anticipate that the common stock
will be listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "FTCO." We
do not know the level of trading volume that will exist for our common stock
after this offering. Trading volume levels may affect your ability to sell your
shares quickly at the current market price. The initial public offering price of
our common stock has been determined by negotiations between the underwriters
and us. You may not be able to resell the common stock you buy at or above the
initial public offering price.




                                        8

<PAGE>   12


OUR COMMON STOCK PRICE COULD BE VOLATILE.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly due to
variations in quarterly and yearly results of operations, general trends in the
banking industry and other unknown factors. Additionally, there historically
have been price and volume fluctuations in the stock market that often have been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the affected
companies. These broad fluctuations might adversely affect the market price of
our common stock. In addition, these fluctuations could adversely affect our
ability to raise capital through future equity financings.

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BY EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PRICE
OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public market
following this offering, or the perception that the sales could occur, could
adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Following completion of
this offering, we will have         shares of common stock outstanding or
if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. The shares
offered by this prospectus will be freely tradeable without restriction, except
for any shares which are purchased by our affiliates. Our directors and
executive officers who, assuming full exercise of the underwriters'
over-allotment option, will hold or beneficially own an aggregate of
shares or    % of the outstanding shares upon completion of the offering, have
agreed not to offer, sell or contract to sell any common stock for 180 days
after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the
representative of the underwriters. Upon expiration of this 180-day period, all
of these shares could be resold by these and other persons subject to certain
requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Rule 144 includes a limit on
the number of shares that may be sold in any three-month period equal to the
greater of 1% of the shares outstanding, or the average weekly trading volume of
shares of common stock for the four-week period prior to the time of the resale.

IMPEDIMENTS TO TAKEOVER ATTEMPTS AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
MAY DEPRESS THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

There are provisions in our articles of incorporation and other restrictions
that would make it difficult and expensive to pursue a change in control or a
takeover attempt which is opposed by our board of directors. As a result,
shareholders may not have an opportunity to participate in these types of
transactions and thereby may not be able to take advantage of premiums generally
paid in today's market. These restrictions include:

    o   the imposition of federal law restrictions on the acquisition of control
        of a bank holding company, including regulatory approval requirements;

    o   the authorization of our board of directors to issue blank check
        preferred stock, which could be issued as part of a takeover defense;

    o   the division of our board of directors into three classes that are
        elected over a three-year period, thus making it more difficult for a
        third party to acquire control of us; and

    o   the requirement of a two-thirds affirmative shareholder vote for
        mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions.

WE DO NOT INTEND TO PAY DIVIDENDS ON OUR COMMON STOCK.

We have never declared or paid, and we do not currently intend to declare or
pay, cash dividends on our common stock because we expect to apply any earnings
to developing and expanding our business. In addition, our ability to pay
dividends is subject to regulatory limitations.



                                        9

<PAGE>   13


WE ARE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS, INCLUDING NEW LEGISLATION,
WHICH AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS AND MAY RESULT IN HIGHER OPERATING COSTS OR
INCREASED COMPETITION FOR US.

We are subject to extensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Colorado Division of
Banking and the Nebraska Department of Banking and Finance. Supervision,
regulation and examination of banks and bank holding companies by bank
regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors
rather than shareholders. These agencies examine bank holding companies and
commercial banks, establish capital and other financial requirements and approve
new branches, acquisitions or other changes of control. Our ability to establish
new branches or to make acquisitions is conditioned upon the receipt of required
regulatory approvals from the applicable regulators.

Changes in legislation and regulations will continue to have a significant
impact on the banking industry. Although some of the legislative and regulatory
changes may benefit us and our banks, others will increase our costs of doing
business and could assist our competitors, which are not subject to similar
regulation.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was signed into law on November 12, 1999. This major
banking legislation now permits affiliation among depository institutions and
entities whose activities are considered "financial in nature." Activities which
are expressly considered financial in nature include securities and insurance
underwriting and agency, investment management and merchant banking. With
certain exceptions, this act similarly expanded the authorized activities of
subsidiaries of national banks and, indirectly, through the provisions of state
law, Colorado and Nebraska banks. In general, these expanded powers are reserved
to bank holding companies and banks where all depository institutions affiliated
with them are well capitalized and well managed based on applicable banking
regulation. These provisions become effective March 11, 2000. The act clarifies
the regulation by states of insurance products sold by depository institutions,
imposes rules on data privacy and repeals some of the exemptions enjoyed by
banks under federal securities laws relating to the offering of securities and
the licensing of broker-dealers and investment advisors. This act will be the
subject of extensive rule making by federal banking regulators and others.
Although the effects of this legislation will only begin to be understood over
the next several years and cannot presently be predicted with any certainty, it
may accelerate trends toward larger financial services companies offering a
wider range of products and services. Firms of this type may have increased
resources and market power which may adversely affect our ability to compete
effectively.

WE FACE RISKS IF WE ACQUIRE A BANK OR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION.

From time to time we evaluate opportunities that arise to acquire banks and
other financial institutions, although such acquisitions are not the focus of
our growth strategy. Acquisitions involve risks of negatively changing results
of operations, changes in capital structure, including increased reliance on
debt, unforeseen liabilities relating to the acquired institution or arising out
of the acquisition transaction, or asset quality problems of the acquired entity
and other conditions not within our control, such as strained personnel
relations, loss of customers because of change of identity and other risks
affecting the acquired institution.


                                       10

<PAGE>   14




                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds from the sale of common stock offered by this prospectus,
assuming a public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of
the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the
underwriting discount and expenses, are estimated to be $     million, or $
million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full. We will
not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock offered by the
selling shareholders as part of the over-allotment option if it is exercised.

We intend to use the net proceeds as follows:

    o   repay all amounts outstanding under our line of credit, estimated to be
        $15.0 million. Our line of credit bears interest at 250 basis points
        over like constant maturity treasuries (7.25% at September 30, 1999) and
        matures on June 30, 2002. All of the line of credit advances were used
        to provide funds which were contributed as capital to our Colorado bank;

    o   fund up to $5.0 million of loans to be originated by our recently formed
        mezzanine lending business; and

    o   contribute the remainder as capital to our Colorado bank to support its
        growth. The additional capital contribution will be used by the Colorado
        bank to increase its lending activities.

Pending their ultimate application, the net proceeds may be invested in
short-term, marketable, investment grade interest-bearing securities.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently
intend to retain any future earnings to finance the development and expansion of
our business. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the
discretion of the board of directors and will be based upon our financial
condition, operating results, capital requirements, regulatory constraints and
such other factors as the board of directors deems relevant.

Colorado law permits us to pay dividends on our common stock when we are solvent
and when dividend payments would not render us insolvent. Our ability to pay
cash dividends largely depends on the amount of cash dividends paid to us by our
subsidiary banks. Capital distributions, including dividends by financial
institutions such as our subsidiary banks, are subject to restrictions tied to
each institution's earnings and capital. Generally, without prior regulatory
approval, our subsidiary banks cannot pay dividends during any calendar year in
excess of the sum of their earnings during that year and the two previous years,
less any other distributions during that period. See "Supervision and
Regulation" and "Description of Capital Stock." Our ability to pay cash
dividends will also be significantly limited if we are in default under, or
defer interest payments on, our 9.375% junior subordinated debentures. See note
18 to the notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                       11

<PAGE>   15




                                 CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 1999, on an
actual basis and as adjusted to reflect the sale by us of the          shares of
common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed offering price of $
per share and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as set forth
under "Use of Proceeds." This information should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                                            ----------------------------
                                                                                               ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ------------   -------------
                                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>            <C>
Borrowings:
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase........................................    $     20,268   $
  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings.....................................................           8,593
  Note payable..........................................................................          11,750
                                                                                            ------------   -------------
      Total borrowings..................................................................          40,611
                                                                                            ------------   -------------

Company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of
  subsidiary trust holding solely junior subordinated debentures(1).....................          23,000
                                                                                            ------------   -------------

Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock, 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding.......              --
  Common stock, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 7,579,667 shares issued and
    outstanding(2); and             shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(2)........           1,520
  Retained earnings.....................................................................          22,904
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).........................................             (96)
                                                                                            ------------   -------------

      Total stockholders' equity........................................................          24,328
                                                                                            ------------   -------------

Consolidated Regulatory Capital Ratios:
  Tier 1 leverage ratio.................................................................            5.64%               %
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio.......................................................            5.73
  Total risk-based capital ratio........................................................            9.30
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) FW Capital I, formed by us, holds as its sole asset $23.7 million principal
    amount of junior subordinated debentures issued by us. The junior
    subordinated debentures will mature on February 16, 2029, which date may be
    shortened by us to a date not earlier than February 16, 2004, if certain
    conditions are met. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Securities of
    Subsidiary Trust."
(2) Excludes 500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of all
    options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus at an exercise price
    of $12.00 per share.


                                       12

<PAGE>   16




                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data below at December 31, 1998 and 1997 and
for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from our
consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Clifton Gunderson
L.L.C., independent public accountants, and included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data below at September 30,
1998, December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for the year ended December 31, 1995 are
based on our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included
in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data at September 30,
1999 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998 are based on our
unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Management believes that the unaudited selected consolidated
financial data presented below reflect all adjustments, consisting solely of
normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation as of these dates
and for these periods. The operations data and ratios for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 and 1998 do not necessarily mean that results for any other
period will be similar. You should read this data together with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    AT OR FOR THE NINE
                                                   AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             -------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                1995         1996         1997         1998         1998         1999
                                             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------  -----------   ------------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
  Interest income ........................   $    6,544   $    7,908   $   16,263   $   26,754   $   18,715   $   32,132
  Interest expense .......................        2,655        3,120        7,481       12,754        8,755       16,384
                                             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net interest income ....................        3,889        4,788        8,782       14,000        9,960       15,748
  Provision for loan losses ..............          104           15          140        1,090          180        2,174
                                             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net interest income after provision
    for loan losses ......................        3,785        4,773        8,642       12,910        9,780       13,574
  Non-interest income ....................          907        1,251        1,708        2,840        1,981        2,753
  Non-interest expenses ..................        2,775        3,749        6,544       10,659        7,043       11,052
                                             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Income before income taxes .............        1,917        2,275        3,806        5,091        4,718        5,275
  Income tax expense .....................          475          705        1,309        1,716        1,765        1,825
                                             ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net income .............................   $    1,442   $    1,570   $    2,497   $    3,375   $    2,953   $    3,450
                                             ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
  Net income per common share--basic
    and diluted ..........................   $     0.22   $     0.24   $     0.36   $     0.46   $     0.40   $     0.46
  Weighted average common shares
    outstanding--basic and diluted .......    6,559,529    6,559,529    7,018,696    7,346,673    7,346,673    7,527,891

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total assets ...........................   $   95,975   $  125,013   $  227,600   $  367,207   $  335,493   $  608,144
  Loans ..................................       45,580       68,751      165,627      289,989      248,347      515,843
  Allowance for loan losses ..............          767          851        1,321        2,187        1,592        4,364
  Investment securities ..................       34,783       31,788       28,512       34,228       44,351       45,515
  Deposits ...............................       78,041      101,387      200,294      319,480      294,044      516,466
  Stockholders' equity ...................       12,244       13,749       16,911       20,706       19,868       24,328

  Book value per share ...................         1.87         2.10         2.30         2.82         2.70         3.21
  Tangible book value per share ..........         1.87         2.10         2.18         2.70         2.59         3.11
</TABLE>


                                       13

<PAGE>   17


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                AT OR FOR THE NINE
                                                  AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,     MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                ----------------------------------------    --------------------------
                                                  1995      1996       1997       1998           1998       1999
                                                --------  --------   --------   --------       --------   --------
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
KEY RATIOS:(1)
  Net interest margin(2) ....................     5.11%     5.36%      5.27%      5.32%          5.49%      4.77%
  Net interest spread(2) ....................     4.15      4.24       4.39       4.56           4.73       4.17
  Return on average assets ..................     1.63      1.52       1.35       1.18           1.49       0.97
  Return on average common equity ...........    11.78     11.42      16.31      17.94          21.47      20.23
  Operating expenses to average assets ......     2.58      3.64       3.53       3.72           3.48       3.11
  Efficiency ratio(3) .......................    57.85     62.08      61.82      62.92          58.58      59.48
  Nonperforming assets to total assets ......     0.14      0.10       0.60       0.30           0.44       0.22
  Nonperforming loans to total loans ........     0.30      0.17       0.74       0.32           0.28       0.24
  Allowance for loan losses to total loans...     1.68      1.24       0.80       0.75           0.69       0.85
  Allowance for loan losses to
    nonperforming loans .....................   555.80    739.65     107.57     236.94         229.73     348.00
  Net charge-offs (recoveries) to
    average loans ...........................     0.48     (0.13)     (0.04)      0.10          (0.05)      0.00
  Tier 1 leverage ratio .....................    12.76     12.95       7.53       5.70           6.20       5.64
  Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ...........    21.01     17.36       9.02       6.44           7.22       5.73
  Total risk-based capital ratio ............    22.21     18.36       9.74       7.22           7.80       9.30
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Where appropriate, the ratios for the nine months ended September 30, 1998
    and 1999 have been annualized. These ratios are not necessarily indicative
    of the results for the entire year.
(2) Calculated on a tax equivalent basis.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expenses, excluding
    amortization of goodwill, as a percentage of net interest income plus
    non-interest income.


                                       14

<PAGE>   18




                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our future operating results may be affected by various trends and factors which
are beyond our control. These include the factors set forth in "Risk Factors"
and elsewhere in this prospectus. Past results and trends may not be reliable
indicators of future results or trends. With the exception of historical
information, the matters discussed below include forward-looking statements that
involve risks and uncertainties.

OVERVIEW

We have experienced significant growth since 1995 primarily due to our start-up
branch expansion strategy. To date, we have opened 13 locations and acquired two
locations. Total assets have increased to $608.1 million as of September 30,
1999, from $367.2 million as of December 31, 1998, $227.6 million as of December
31, 1997 and $125.0 million as of December 31, 1996. Net income was $3.5 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, $3.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998, $2.5 million for 1997 and $1.6 million for 1996. We have
increased our net income while opening new branches and absorbing branch start
up costs. Our new branches typically take up to one year to achieve
profitability. Our return on average common equity was 17.94% for 1998, 16.31%
for 1997 and 11.42% for 1996. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, our
return on average common equity was 20.23% and was 21.47% for the same period in
1998. Our return on average assets was 1.18% for 1998, 1.35% for 1997 and 1.52%
for 1996. For the nine months ended September 30, 1999, our return on average
assets was 0.97% and was 1.49% for the same period in 1998. The decrease in our
return on average assets since 1995 primarily has been attributable to our
significant asset growth and a change in our deposit funding mix. Our return on
average assets has been further negatively impacted by loan loss allowance
increases which we have incurred since the fourth quarter of 1998 and the first
quarter of 1999 when we implemented our revised loan loss reserve methodology.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET INTEREST INCOME. Our net income is derived primarily from net interest
income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income,
principally from loans, investment securities and funds sold, and interest
expense, principally on customer deposits and other interest-bearing
liabilities. Changes in net interest income result from changes in volume, net
interest spread and net interest margin. Volume refers to the average dollar
levels of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spread
refers to the difference between the average yield on earning assets and the
average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin refers to net
interest income divided by average earning assets and is influenced by the level
and relative mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and their
yields and rates.



                                       15

<PAGE>   19




The following table presents the average balances, net interest income and
expense and average yields and rates for our earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities for the indicated periods on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 34%
tax rate. Yields and net interest margins for the nine month periods are
annualized.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1996                                 1997
                                                 ---------------------------------     --------------------------------
                                                              INTEREST    AVERAGE                 INTEREST     AVERAGE
                                                 AVERAGE       EARNED      YIELD        AVERAGE    EARNED        YIELD
                                                 BALANCE      OR PAID     OR COST       BALANCE   OR PAID      OR COST
                                                 --------     --------    --------     --------   --------     --------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
  Investment securities:
    Taxable ..................................   $ 23,189     $  1,292        5.57%    $ 22,190   $  1,220        5.50%
    Tax exempt (tax equivalent) ..............      8,573          767        8.95        8,393        678        8.07
    Funds sold and interest-bearing
      deposits ...............................      8,307          423        5.09       12,823        735        5.73
    Loans held for sale ......................        508           30        5.91        1,839        121        6.58
    Loans(1) .................................     54,515        5,656       10.38      126,914     13,739       10.83
    Allowance for loan losses ................       (832)          --                   (1,176)        --
                                                 --------     --------                 --------   --------

        Total earning assets .................   $ 94,260     $  8,168        8.67     $170,983   $ 16,493        9.65
                                                 ========     --------                 ========   --------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing deposits:
    Demand, interest-bearing .................   $ 18,143     $    467        2.57     $ 23,097   $    630        2.73
    Savings ..................................     14,894          594        3.99       18,897        795        4.21
    Certificates of Deposit:
      Under $100,000 .........................     26,367        1,484        5.63       72,229      4,412        6.11
      $100,000 and over ......................      7,416          414        5.58       19,500      1,149        5.89
                                                 --------     --------                 --------   --------

    Total interest-bearing deposits ..........     66,820        2,959        4.43      133,723      6,986        5.22

  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings,
    federal funds purchased and
    securities sold under agreements
    to repurchase ............................      3,591          161        4.50        7,031        382        5.43

  Note payable ...............................         --           --          --        1,500        113        7.53

  Company obligated mandatorily
    redeemable preferred securities of
    subsidiary trust .........................         --           --          --           --         --          --
                                                 --------     --------                 --------   --------

        Total interest-bearing liabilities ...   $ 70,411        3,120        4.43     $142,254      7,481        5.26
                                                 ========     --------                 ========   --------

Net interest income (tax equivalent) .........                $  5,048                            $  9,012
                                                              ========                            ========

Net interest margin ..........................                                5.36                                5.27
Net interest spread ..........................                                4.24%                               4.39%

Ratio of average interest-bearing
  liabilities to average earning assets ......      74.70%                                83.20%
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Loans are net of unearned loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in
    average loans outstanding. Loan fees included in interest income were $2.4
    million for 1998, $1.2 million for 1997 and $384,000 for 1996. Loan fees
    included in interest income were $3.4 million for the nine months ended
    September 30, 1999 and were $1.6 million for the nine months ended September
    30, 1998.


                                       16

<PAGE>   20




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                    1998
                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                     INTEREST    AVERAGE
                                                       AVERAGE        EARNED      YIELD
                                                       BALANCE        OR PAID    OR COST
                                                     ----------     ----------   -------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>          <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
  Investment securities:
    Taxable ......................................   $   22,797     $    1,224     5.37%
    Tax exempt (tax equivalent) ..................        8,917            758     8.50
    Funds sold and interest-bearing
      deposits ...................................       16,147            870     5.39
    Loans held for sale ..........................        3,327            193     5.80
    Loans(1) .....................................      218,214         23,967    10.98
    Allowance for loan losses ....................       (1,507)            --
                                                     ----------     ----------

      Total earning assets .......................   $  267,895     $   27,012    10.08
                                                     ==========     ----------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing deposits:
    Demand, interest-bearing .....................   $   31,240     $      987     3.16
    Savings ......................................       23,657          1,043     4.41
    Certificates of deposit:
      Under $100,000 .............................      126,396          7,751     6.13
      $100,000 and over ..........................       35,349          2,103     5.95
                                                     ----------     ----------

    Total interest-bearing deposits ..............      216,642         11,884     5.49

  Federal Home Loan Bank
  borrowings, federal funds purchased
  and securities sold under agreements
  to repurchase ..................................       10,703            571     5.33

  Note payable ...................................        3,846            299     7.77

  Company obligated
  mandatorily redeemable preferred
  securities of subsidiary trust .................           --             --       --
                                                     ----------     ----------

      Total interest-bearing liabilities .........   $  231,191         12,754     5.52
                                                     ==========     ----------

Net interest income (tax equivalent) .............                  $   14,258
                                                                    ==========

Net interest margin ..............................                                 5.32
Net interest spread ..............................                                 4.56%

Ratio of average interest-bearing liabilities
  to average earning assets ......................        86.30%
</TABLE>



                                       17

<PAGE>   21


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1998                                      1999
                                                  ----------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                                                                  INTEREST       AVERAGE                    INTEREST       AVERAGE
                                                   AVERAGE         EARNED         YIELD         AVERAGE      EARNED         YIELD
                                                   BALANCE        OR PAID        OR COST        BALANCE      OR PAID       OR COST
                                                  ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------   ----------     ----------
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
  Investment securities:
    Taxable ...................................   $   20,073     $      831          5.53%    $   38,016   $    1,376          4.83%
    Tax exempt (tax equivalent) ...............        8,849            560          8.46          8,850          591          8.90
    Funds sold and interest-bearing
      deposits ................................       17,252            707          5.48         15,293          546          4.76
    Loans held for sale .......................        3,048            135          5.92          3,944          186          6.29
    Loans(1) ..................................      199,450         16,672         11.18        381,829       29,634         10.35
      Allowance for loan losses ...............       (1,452)            --                       (2,351)          --
                                                  ----------     ----------                   ----------   ----------

        Total earning assets ..................   $  247,220     $   18,905         10.22     $  445,581   $   32,333          9.68
                                                  ==========     ----------                   ==========   ----------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Interest-bearing deposits:
    Demand, interest-bearing ..................   $   28,900     $      658          3.04     $   60,167   $    1,715          3.80
    Savings ...................................       22,677            745          4.39         30,874        1,019          4.40
    Certificates of Deposit:
      Under $ 100,000 .........................      116,821          5,376          6.15        215,170        9,216          5.71
      $100,000 and over .......................       31,567          1,406          5.95         53,421        2,315          5.78
                                                  ----------     ----------                   ----------   ----------

    Total interest-bearing deposits ...........      199,965          8,185          5.47        359,632       14,265          5.29

  Federal Home Loan Bank
  borrowings, federal funds purchased
  and securities sold under agreements
  to repurchase ...............................        9,916            388          5.23         14,897          614          5.50

  Note payable ................................        3,156            182          7.71          2,533          150          7.90

  Company obligated mandatorily
  redeemable preferred securities of
  subsidiary trust ............................           --             --            --         19,342        1,360          9.38
                                                  ----------     ----------                   ----------   ----------

      Total interest-bearing liabilities ......   $  213,037          8,755          5.49     $  396,404       16,389          5.51
                                                  ==========     ----------                   ==========   ----------

Net interest income (tax equivalent) ..........                  $   10,150                                $   15,944
                                                                 ==========                                ==========

Net interest margin ...........................                                      5.49                                      4.77
Net interest spread ...........................                                      4.73%                                     4.17%

Ratio of average interest-bearing
  liabilities to average earning assets .......        86.17%                                     88.96%
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Loans are net of unearned loan fees. Nonaccrual loans are included in
    average loans outstanding. Loan fees included in interest income were $2.4
    million for 1998, $1.2 million for 1997 and $384,000 for 1996. Loan fees
    included in interest income were $3.4 million for the nine months ended
    September 30, 1999 and were $1.6 million for the nine months ended September
    30, 1998.

Net interest income increased $5.8 million, or 57.1%, to $15.9 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 compared to $10.2 million for the same
period in 1998. Interest income increased $13.4 million, or 71.0%, to $32.3
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 compared to $18.9 million
for same period in 1998. The interest income increase was primarily due to
higher balances of earning assets. Average earning assets increased $198.4
million, or 80.2%, to $445.6 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1999 from $247.2 million for the same period in 1998. The majority of the
increase in earning assets was attributable to a


                                       18

<PAGE>   22



$182.4 million increase in average loans outstanding. A large portion of the
loans in our loan portfolio have floating rates and are tied to the prime rate.
As a result of up to a 0.75% decrease in the average prime lending rate, the
average yield on earning assets decreased to 9.68% for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 from 10.22% for the same period in 1998.

Interest expense increased $7.6 million, or 87.2%, to $16.4 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 compared to $8.8 million for the same period in
1998. The increase was due to an increase in interest-bearing deposits,
principally in certificates of deposit. Average balances of certificates of
deposit under $100,000 increased $98.3 million, or 84.2%, to $215.2 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1999 from $116.8 million for the same period
in 1998. This increase was due to growth at our banks, as well as promotional
campaigns. Average balances of certificates of deposit of $100,000 and over
increased $21.8 million, or 69.2%, to $53.4 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, from $31.6 million for the same period in 1998. The increase
in certificates of deposit of $100,000 and over was due primarily to promotional
campaigns. The increase in the average note payable to $14.9 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 from $9.9 million for the same period in
1998 was due to the payoff of our line of credit in February 1999 and the
subsequent reborrowing on the line of credit commencing in June 1999. The source
of payment on our line of credit was proceeds from our public offering of trust
preferred securities completed in February 1999. We intend to repay our line of
credit with net proceeds from the sale of the common stock offered by this
prospectus. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999, increased to 5.51% compared to 5.49% for the same period in
1998 primarily due to a change in mix of interest-bearing liabilities, including
issuance of $23.0 million of our trust preferred securities in February 1999 and
an increase in the rates paid on interest-bearing demand accounts to 3.80% from
3.04%, which increase was partially offset by a reduction in costs of
certificates of deposit.

Net interest income increased $5.3 million, or 58.2%, to $14.3 million for 1998
compared to $9.0 million in 1997. The 1997 net interest income was an increase
of $4.0 million, or 78.5%, from $5.0 million in 1996. Interest income increased
$10.5 million, or 63.8%, to $27.0 million for 1998 compared to $16.5 million in
1997. The 1997 interest income was an increase of $8.3 million, or 101.9%, from
$8.2 million in 1996. The 1998 increases compared to 1997 resulted primarily
from an increase of $96.9 million in average earning assets, or 56.7%, to $267.9
million in 1998 from $171.0 million in 1997. The 1997 increases compared to 1996
resulted primarily from an increase of $76.7 million, or 81.4%, in average
earning assets to $171.0 million in 1997 from $94.3 million in 1996. The
majority of the asset growth in each of 1998 and 1997 compared to each prior
year was due to growth in our loan portfolio. Asset growth in 1997 was also
impacted by our acquisition of a two-branch savings bank in February 1997 which
was assimilated into our Colorado bank and had assets of $33 million at the time
of acquisition. Average loans in 1998 increased $91.3 million, or 71.9%, to
$218.2 million from $126.9 million in 1997. Average loans in 1997 increased
$72.4 million, or 133%, from $54.5 million in 1996. The average yield on earning
assets increased to 10.08% in 1998 from 9.65% in 1997. The average yield on
earning assets increased to 9.65% in 1997 from 8.67% in 1996. These yearly
increases resulted from increased percentages of our loan portfolio in the real
estate and construction categories.

Interest expense in 1998 increased $5.3 million, or 70.5%, to $12.8 million from
$7.5 million in 1997. Interest expense in 1997 increased $4.4 million, or 140%,
from $3.1 million in 1996. The increase in 1998 from 1997 was due to a $82.9
million increase, or a 62.0% increase, in average deposits. The majority of this
growth was realized in the certificate of deposit categories. A $57.9 million
increase in certificates of deposit accounted for $3.7 million of the increase
in 1997 compared to 1996. Certificates of deposit increased in 1997 compared to
1996 due to new branch additions. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities was
5.52% for 1998, 5.26% for 1997 and 4.43% for 1996. These increases were due
principally to increases in certificates of deposit as a percentage of total
liabilities and increased rates paid on certificates of deposit.


                                       19

<PAGE>   23




The following table illustrates, for the periods indicated, the changes in net
interest income on a tax-equivalent basis due to changes in volume and changes
in interest rates. Changes in net interest income due to both volume and rate
have been allocated to volume and rate in proportion to the relationship of the
absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR END                   YEAR ENDED                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31,               DECEMBER 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             -------------------------   --------------------------   ------------------------------
                                               1996 COMPARED TO 1997       1997 COMPARED TO 1998          1998 COMPARED TO 1999
                                             -------------------------   --------------------------   -----------------------------
                                              INCREASE (DECREASE) IN      INCREASE (DECREASE) IN         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
                                               NET INTEREST INCOME          NET INTEREST INCOME            NET INTEREST INCOME
                                                 DUE TO CHANGE IN             DUE TO CHANGE IN              DUE TO CHANGE IN
                                             -------------------------   --------------------------   ------------------------------
                                             VOLUME    RATE    TOTAL      VOLUME    RATE    TOTAL      VOLUME      RATE      TOTAL
                                             -------   ----   --------   --------   ----   --------   --------   --------   -------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
  Investment securities
  Taxable ................................   $   (55)  $(17)  $    (72)  $     32   $(28)  $      4   $    649   $   (104)  $   545
  Tax exempt (tax equivalent) ............       (16)   (73)       (89)        45     35         80         --         31        31
  Funds sold and interest-bearing
    deposits .............................       253     59        312        179    (44)       135        (70)       (91)     (161)
  Loans held for sale ....................        87      4         91         86    (14)        72         42          9        51
  Loans ..................................     7,827    256      8,083     10,032    196     10,228     14,152     (1,190)   12,962
                                             -------   ----   --------   --------   ----   --------   --------   --------   -------

    Total earning assets .................     8,096    229      8,325     10,374    145     10,519     14,773     (1,345)   13,428
                                             -------   ----   --------   --------   ----   --------   --------   --------   -------

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Demand, interest bearing ...............       134     29        163        257    100        357        891        166     1,057
  Savings ................................       167     34        201        210     38        248        271          3       274
  Certificates of deposit:
    Under $100,000 .......................     2,791    137      2,928      3,323     16      3,339      4,213       (373)    3,840
    $100,000 and over ....................       711     24        735        942     11        953        947        (38)      909

  Federal Home Loan Bank
  borrowings, federal funds
  purchased and securities sold
  under agreements to repurchase .........       181     40        221        196     (7)       189        205         21       226

  Company obligated mandatorily
  redeemable preferred securities
  of subsidiary trust ....................        --     --         --         --     --         --      1,360         --     1,360

  Note payable ...........................       113     --        113        182      4        186        (37)         5       (32)
                                             -------   ----   --------   --------   ----   --------   --------   --------   -------

    Total interest-bearing liabilities ...     4,097    264      4,361      5,110    162      5,272      7,850       (216)    7,634
                                             -------   ----   --------   --------   ----   --------   --------   --------   -------

Net increase (decrease) in net
  interest income (tax equivalent)  ......   $ 3,999   $(35)  $  3,964   $  5,264   $(17)  $  5,246   $  6,923   $ (1,129)  $ 5,794
                                             =======   ====   ========   ========   ====   ========   ========   ========   =======
</TABLE>

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES. In response to a sustained significant growth rate in
our loan portfolio, we reviewed and revised our methodology for estimating the
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 1998. The
methodology was further revised in the first quarter of 1999. We believe this
new methodology will permit a closer match between period provisions for loan
losses and period loan originations. Key components of this revised methodology
included:

    o   estimation of inherent losses due to increasing growth in period loan
        origination;

    o   estimated collectibility and prior loss experience of loans and
        commitments to extend credit;

    o   changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio;


                                       20

<PAGE>   24


    o   quality of the overall loan portfolio;

    o   loan concentrations;

    o   specific problem loans and commitments; and

    o   current economic conditions that may affect a borrower's ability to pay.

During the nine months ended September 30, 1999, the provision for loan losses
increased $2.0 million, or 1108%, to $2.2 million from $180,000 in the same
period in 1998. During 1998, the provision for loan losses increased $950,000,
or 679%, to $1.09 million from $140,000 in 1997. The 1997 provision for loan
losses increased $125,000, or 833%, from $15,000 in 1996. We anticipate
continuing increases period over period in the provision for loan losses in
response to growth in our loan portfolio and other factors as management deems
appropriate.

NON-INTEREST INCOME. The following table presents our non-interest income for
the indicated periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         --------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                            1996             1997            1998            1998             1999
                                         -----------     -------------   ------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Fees for customer services.......        $       627     $         761   $      1,015    $         726    $       1,431
Net gains from sale of loans.....                232               625          1,036              716              672
Commissions and fees from
  brokerage activities...........                 15                29            220              133              248
Investment securities
  transactions, net..............                196                --             (4)              (3)              --
Other operating income...........                181               293            573              409              402
                                         -----------     -------------   ------------    -------------    -------------
      Total non-interest income..        $     1,251     $       1,708   $      2,840    $       1,981    $       2,753
                                         ===========     =============   ============    =============    =============
</TABLE>

During the nine months ended September 30, 1999, total non-interest income
increased $772,000, or 39.0%, to $2.8 million from $2.0 million for the
comparable period in 1998. Non-interest income for 1998 compared to 1997
increased by $1.1 million, or 66.3%. Non-interest income for 1997 compared to
1996 increased by $457,000, or 36.5%. The increases for all periods were due
primarily to additional customer accounts at our branches, continued demand for
residential mortgages that were originated and sold by us into the secondary
market and the expansion of our investment brokerage services into additional
branch locations.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSES. The following table presents non-interest expenses for
the indicated periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          DECEMBER 31,                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         --------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                             1996             1997           1998            1998              1999
                                         -----------     -------------   ------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Salaries and employee benefits...        $     1,950     $       3,296   $      5,489    $       3,545    $       5,851
Net occupancy expense
  of premises....................                464               989          1,616            1,107            1,620
Purchased services...............                327               842          1,342              906            1,324
Office supplies..................                137               182            318              233              347
Minority interest in income of
  consolidated subsidiaries......                184               101            111               93               --
Other operating expenses.........                687             1,134          1,783            1,159            1,910
                                         -----------     -------------   ------------    -------------    -------------
      Total non-interest expenses        $     3,749     $       6,544   $     10,659    $       7,043    $      11,052
                                         ===========     =============   ============    =============    =============
</TABLE>

During the nine months ended September 30, 1999, total non-interest expenses
increased $4.0 million, or 56.9%, to $11.1 million from $7.0 million in the same
1998 period, primarily as a result of staff, facility and operating expenses
associated with operating six additional branch locations. Salaries and employee
benefits increased by $2.3 million due to staffing of new branch locations,
additions of corporate overhead and increases in the volume



                                       21

<PAGE>   25



of commission-based mortgage lending. The increase in net occupancy expenses was
a direct result of the increased number of branches. Purchased services included
outside services, primarily data processing, purchased by us to conduct
operations. Expenses for purchased services increased as a result of additional
branches. During 1998, total non-interest expenses increased $4.1 million, or
62.9%, to $10.7 million from $6.5 million in 1997, with increases occurring
among the various components due primarily to the establishment of additional
branches and other internally generated growth. During 1997, total non-interest
expenses increased $2.8 million, or 74.6% to $6.5 million from $3.7 million in
1996, with increases occurring among the various components due primarily to our
purchase of a savings bank, the establishment of an additional branch and other
internally generated growth.

INCOME TAX EXPENSE. Our consolidated income tax rate varies from statutory rates
principally due to interest income from tax-exempt securities. The provision for
income taxes increased by $60,000 to $1.8 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1999 from $1.8 million for the comparable period in 1998. The 1998
figures included a prior period adjustment of $100,000 for 1997 state tax
expense. We recorded income tax expenses totaling $1.7 million in 1998, $1.3
million in 1997 and $705,000 in 1996.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION. The following table presents the composition of our
loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated. Management believes that
the balance sheet information as of the dates indicated should be read in
conjunction with the average balance information in the tables above under "--
Results of Operations -- Net Interest Income."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1995                     1996                     1997                      1998
                               --------------------     --------------------     --------------------     --------------------
                                 AMOUNT         %         AMOUNT         %         AMOUNT         %         AMOUNT         %
                               ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
Commercial, financial
  and agricultural(1) ......   $   22,331      49.8%    $   27,343      40.3%    $   41,500      25.3%    $   51,990      18.1%
Construction ...............            *        --         10,062      14.8         37,235      22.7         85,782      29.8
Real estate ................       18,880      42.1         25,946      38.2         79,499      48.4        141,955      49.3
Installment loans
  to individuals ...........        4,234       9.5          5,226       7.7          7,693       4.7         11,057       3.8
Other ......................          236       0.5            332       0.5            132       0.0             91       0.0
                               ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------
  Gross loans receivable ...       45,681     101.9         68,909     101.5        166,059     101.1        290,875     101.0
  Less unearned loan fees ..         (101)     (0.2)          (158)     (0.2)          (432)     (0.3)          (886)     (0.3)
                               ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------
    Subtotal ...............       45,580     101.7         68,751     101.3        165,627     100.8        289,989     100.7

    Less allowance for
      loan losses ..........         (767)     (1.7)          (851)     (1.3)        (1,321)     (0.8)        (2,187)     (0.7)
                               ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------     ----------    ------

        Net loans receivable   $   44,813     100.0%    $   67,900     100.0%    $  164,306     100.0%    $  287,802     100.0%
                               ==========    ======     ==========    ======     ==========    ======     ==========    ======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                               1999
                                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                                   AMOUNT                  %
                                                                              ----------------      --------------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                           <C>                   <C>
Commercial, financial and agricultural(1).....................                $         79,781                15.6%
Construction..................................................                         120,525                23.6
Real estate...................................................                         301,834                59.0
Installment loans to individuals..............................                          15,312                 3.0
Other.........................................................                              97                 0.0
                                                                              ----------------      --------------
  Gross loans receivable......................................                         517,549               101.2
  Less unearned loan fees.....................................                          (1,706)               (0.3)
                                                                              ----------------      --------------
    Subtotal..................................................                         515,843               100.9
    Less allowance for loan losses............................                          (4,364)               (0.9)
                                                                              ----------------      --------------

      Net loans receivable....................................                $        511,479               100.0%
                                                                              ================      ==============
</TABLE>

- ---------------

*   In 1995, construction loans were not classified separately from real estate
    loans.
(1) Agricultural loan balances were $17.2 million at September 30, 1999, $14.7
    million at December 31, 1998 and $13.9 million at December 31, 1997.


                                       22

<PAGE>   26


Net loans receivable of $511.5 million as of September 30, 1999 were $223.7
million, or 77.7%, greater than net loans receivable of $287.8 million as of
December 31, 1998. Our two primary categories of loans, real estate loans and
construction loans, which constituted 82.6% of net loans receivable as of
September 30, 1999, in the aggregate increased as a percentage of total loans in
the periods indicated. The aggregate of real estate and construction loans
totaled $422.4 million as of September 30, 1999, $194.7 million, or 85.5%, over
the $227.7 million balance as of December 31, 1998, which in turn was $111.0
million, or 95.1%, greater than these loans as of December 31, 1997. The
significant loan portfolio growth over the indicated periods was due primarily
to our strategy of branch expansion and hiring and retaining experienced bank
personnel who possessed existing customer relationships.

Historically, we have had a high loan to deposit ratio. At September 30, 1999,
net loans totaled 99.0% of total deposits and 84.1% of total assets. At December
31, 1998, net loans totaled 90.1% of total deposits and 78.4% of total assets.


                                       23
<PAGE>   27

LOAN MATURITIES. The following tables present loans by maturity in each major
category of our portfolio at the dates indicated. Unearned loan fee income has
been matched with its respective loan categories and assigned to maturity
categories consistent with the underlying loans. Actual maturities may differ
from the contractual maturities shown below as a result of renewals and
prepayments. Loan renewals are evaluated in the same manner as new credit
applications. Additional information regarding our real estate loan portfolio is
provided in "Business -- Lending Activities." A significant portion of our loan
portfolio has maturities of one year or less. In the event these loans are
renewed, they are subject to the same credit evaluation and other underwriting
criteria as are new loan applications, and are subject to new terms and
conditions as deemed appropriate by our lending personnel.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       OVER ONE YEAR
                                                     THROUGH FIVE YEARS             OVER FIVE YEARS
                                      ONE YEAR   --------------------------    --------------------------
                                      OR LESS    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE      TOTAL
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>
Commercial, financial and
  agricultural....................    $ 24,601   $    3,329   $       8,959    $      172   $       4,292    $  41,353
Construction......................      34,827          360           2,048            --              --       37,235
Real estate.......................      11,727       13,869          20,759         7,974          24,885       79,214
Installment loans to individuals
  and other.......................       3,192        3,274             972           294              93        7,825
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
      Total loans.................    $ 74,347   $   20,832   $      32,738    $    8,440   $      29,270    $ 165,627
                                      ========   ==========   =============    ==========   =============    =========

<CAPTION>

                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       OVER ONE YEAR
                                                     THROUGH FIVE YEARS             OVER FIVE YEARS
                                      ONE YEAR   --------------------------    --------------------------
                                      OR LESS    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE      TOTAL
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>
Commercial, financial and
  agricultural....................    $ 28,120   $    4,832   $      14,487    $      569   $       3,982    $  51,990
Construction......................      74,211          280          10,955            --              --       85,446
Real estate.......................      26,454       20,906          52,062         3,190          38,793      141,405
Installment loans to individuals
  and other.......................       1,060        4,739           4,315           518             516       11,148
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
      Total loans.................    $129,845   $   30,757   $      81,819    $    4,277   $      43,291    $ 289,989
                                      ========   ==========   =============    ==========   =============    =========

<CAPTION>

                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       OVER ONE YEAR
                                                     THROUGH FIVE YEARS             OVER FIVE YEARS
                                      ONE YEAR   --------------------------    --------------------------
                                      OR LESS    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE    FIXED RATE   FLOATING RATE      TOTAL
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>
Commercial, financial and
  agricultural....................    $ 43,440   $    8,783   $      22,434    $      649   $       4,475    $  79,781
Construction......................     107,085        1,874           8,606            --           2,465      120,030
Real estate.......................     104,101       37,161          59,039        24,835          75,487      300,623
Installment loans to individuals
  and other.......................       2,432       10,937           1,121           572             347       15,409
                                      --------   ----------   -------------    ----------   -------------    ---------
      Total loans.................    $257,058   $   58,755   $      91,200    $   26,056   $      82,774    $ 515,843
                                      ========   ==========   =============    ==========   =============    =========
</TABLE>

NONPERFORMING ASSETS. Nonperforming assets consist of loans 90 days or more
delinquent and still accruing interest, nonaccrual loans, restructured loans and
other real estate. When, in the opinion of management, a reasonable doubt exists
as to the collectibility of interest, regardless of the delinquency status of a
loan, the accrual of interest income is discontinued and accrued but unpaid
interest is reversed through a charge to current year's earnings. While a loan
is on nonaccrual status, interest income is recognized only upon receipt and
then only if, in the judgment of management, there is no reasonable doubt as to
the collectibility of the principal balance. Loans 90 days or more delinquent
generally are placed on nonaccrual status, unless the loan is in the



                                       24
<PAGE>   28

process of collection and management determines that full collection of
principal and accrued interest is probable.

Restructured loans are those for which concessions, including the reduction of
interest rates below a rate otherwise available to the borrower or the deferral
of interest or principal, have been granted due to the borrower's weakened
financial condition. Interest on restructured loans is accrued at the
restructured rates when it is anticipated that no loss of original principal
will occur. We did not have any restructured loans as of the dates indicated in
the table below.

The following table presents information concerning nonperforming assets at the
dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                       ------------------------------------  ------------
                                        1995      1996      1997      1998       1999
                                       ------    ------    ------    ------  ------------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Nonperforming Loans:
Nonaccrual loans ...................   $  110    $   93    $  484    $  635    $  705
Other loans 90 days past due .......       28        22       744       288       550
                                       ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
    Total nonperforming loans ......      138       115     1,228       923     1,255
Other real estate ..................       --        10       141       172        91
                                       ------    ------    ------    ------    ------

       Total nonperforming assets ..   $  138    $  125    $1,369    $1,095    $1,346
                                       ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Ratio of total nonperforming
    loans to total loans ...........     0.30%     0.17%     0.74%     0.32%     0.24%

Ratio of total nonperforming
   assets to total loans plus
   other real estate ...............     0.30      0.18      0.83      0.38      0.26

Ratio of nonperforming assets
    to total assets ................     0.14      0.10      0.60      0.30      0.22
</TABLE>

As of each of the dates in the table above, there were no significant amount of
loans excluded from nonperforming loans, where known information about possible
credit problems of borrowers caused management to have serious doubts as to the
ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan repayment terms and
which may have resulted in the loans becoming nonperforming.

ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES. The allowance for loan losses represents
management's recognition of the risks of extending credit and its evaluation of
the quality of the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established
and maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loans are
charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the
collectibility of the principal is unlikely or, with respect to consumer
installment loans, according to an established delinquency schedule. The
allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb
losses inherent in existing loans and commitments to extend credit, based on
evaluations of the collectibility and prior loss experience of loans and
commitments to extend credit. The evaluations also take into consideration such
factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, the overall
portfolio quality, loan concentrations, specific problem loans and commitments,
and current and anticipated economic conditions that may affect a borrower's
ability to pay.



                                       25
<PAGE>   29





The following table presents information regarding changes in the allowance for
loan losses for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              ------------------------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1995          1996           1997           1998          1998           1999
                                              ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Average total loans .......................   $   41,964    $   54,515     $  126,914     $  218,214    $  199,450     $  381,829
                                              ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========

Total loans at end of period ..............   $   45,580    $   68,751     $  165,627     $  289,989    $  248,347     $  515,843
                                              ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========

Allowance for loan losses at
  beginning of period .....................   $      870    $      767     $      851     $    1,321    $    1,321     $    2,187

Charge-offs:
  Commercial, financial and
    agricultural ..........................          232             9             --            344            14              5
  Construction ............................           --            --             --             --            --             --
  Real estate .............................           14            10             --             --            --             --
  Installment loans to individuals ........           28             3             58             54            54             32
                                              ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------

      Total charge-offs ...................          274            22             58            398            68             37

Recoveries:
  Commercial, financial and
    agricultural ..........................           52            86             94             51            39             27
  Construction ............................           --            --             --             --            --             --
  Real estate .............................           --            --             10            101           100              1
  Installment loans to individuals ........           19             5              7             22            20             12
                                              ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------

      Total recoveries ....................           71            91            111            174           159             40
                                              ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------

Net charge-offs (recoveries) ..............          203           (69)           (53)           224           (91)            (3)

Provision for loan losses .................          100            15            140          1,090           180          2,174

Allowance for loan losses balance
  of purchased financial institution(1) ...           --            --            277             --            --             --
                                              ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------    ----------     ----------

Allowance for loan losses at end
  of period ...............................   $      767    $      851     $    1,321     $    2,187    $    1,592     $    4,364
                                              ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========    ==========     ==========

Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries)
  to average total loans ..................         0.48%        (0.13)%        (0.04)%         0.10%        (0.05)%        (0.00)%

Allowance for loan losses to total
  loans at end of period ..................         1.68          1.24           0.80           0.75          0.64           0.85

Allowance for loan losses to
  nonperforming loans .....................          556           739            108            237           230            348
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) In February 1997, we acquired 100% of First Northern Savings Bank, including
    approximately $30 million in loans. There were no purchase accounting
    adjustments recorded regarding the allowance for loan losses in connection
    with this transaction.



                                       26

<PAGE>   30




The following table presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses by
loan category as of the dates indicated. Portions of the allowance for loan
losses have been allocated to categories based on an analysis of the status of
particular loans; however, the majority of the allowance is used as a single
unallocated allowance available for all loans. The allocation table should not
be interpreted as an indication of the specific amounts, by loan classification,
to be charged to the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the
table may be a useful device for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for
loan losses as a whole. The table has been derived in part by applying
historical loan loss ratios to both internally classified loans and the
portfolio as a whole in determining the allocation of the loan losses
attributable to each category of loans.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                               1995                 1996                   1997                  1998                  1999
                       --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                                  LOANS IN              LOANS IN              LOANS IN              LOANS IN              LOANS IN
                                  CATEGORY              CATEGORY              CATEGORY              CATEGORY              CATEGORY
                                    AS A                  AS A                  AS A                  AS A                  AS A
                                 PERCENTAGE            PERCENTAGE            PERCENTAGE            PERCENTAGE            PERCENTAGE
                        AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    OF TOTAL
                          OF       GROSS        OF       GROSS        OF       GROSS        OF       GROSS        OF       GROSS
                       ALLOWANCE   LOANS     ALLOWANCE   LOANS     ALLOWANCE   LOANS     ALLOWANCE   LOANS     ALLOWANCE   LOANS
                       --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                    <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Commercial, financial
  and agricultural...  $      20       48.9% $       2       39.9% $      16       25.0% $     158       17.9% $     117       15.5%
Construction.........          *         --         --       14.7         68       22.4         10       29.5         50       23.4
Real estate..........         --       41.3         19       37.8         47       47.9         29       48.8         53       58.1
Installment loans to
  individuals........         --        9.8          8        7.6         33        4.7         12        3.8         49        3.0
Unallocated..........        747         --        822         --      1,157         --      1,978         --      4,095         --
                       --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------  --------- ----------

   Total allowance...  $     767      100.0% $     851      100.0% $   1,321      100.0% $   2,187      100.0% $   4,364      100.0%
                       ========= ==========  ========= ==========  ========= ==========  ========= ==========  ========= ==========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

*    In 1995, construction loans were not classified separately from real estate
     loans.

The total allowance for loan losses balance at September 30, 1999 was $4.4
million or 348% of nonperforming loans, and the portion of the loan loss
allowance directly allocated to specific loan categories was 21.4% of
nonperforming loans. The total allowance for loan losses balance at December 31,
1998 was $2.2 million or 237% of nonperforming loans, and the portion of the
loan loss allowance directly allocated to specific loan categories was 23.0% of
nonperforming loans.

INVESTMENTS. Our investment policy is designed to ensure liquidity for cash flow
requirements; to help manage interest rate risk; to ensure collateral is
available for public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase
agreements; and to manage asset quality diversification. The asset/liability
committees of each of our banks are responsible for implementing our investment
strategy, including ongoing review of the performance of the investment
portfolio, market values, market conditions, current economic conditions,
profitability, capital ratios, liquidity needs and collateral positions with the
Federal Home Loan Bank.

Our investment portfolio at September 30, 1999 was comprised of U.S. Treasury
and U.S. agency bonds and bills and general obligation and revenue municipal
bonds. The portfolio also included equity securities comprised of Federal Home
Loan Bank stock, correspondent bank stock and the stock of a small number of
publicly held bank holding companies. The portfolio contained no derivatives,
structured notes or similar instruments classified as high-risk securities as
defined by the Federal Financial Institutions Examinations Council.



                                       27
<PAGE>   31





The following table presents the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale
securities and the amortized cost basis of held-to-maturity securities in our
investment portfolio by type as of the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    DECEMBER 31,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           ------------------------------   ------------
                                             1996       1997       1998         1999
                                           --------   --------   --------   ------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
HELD-TO-MATURITY:
  U.S. Treasury &
    agency securities ..................   $  8,495   $  5,807   $     --   $         --
  State and political securities .......      7,136      7,235      7,146          6,154
  Other bonds ..........................        504         --         --             --
                                           --------   --------   --------   ------------

      Total held-to-maturity ...........     16,135     13,042      7,146          6,154
                                           --------   --------   --------   ------------

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE:
  U.S. Treasury & agency securities ....     13,191     11,986     23,085         34,925
  State and political securities .......      1,445      1,611      2,228          2,428
  Other bonds ..........................        556        201         23             --
  Equity securities ....................        461      1,672      1,746          2,008
                                           --------   --------   --------   ------------

      Total available-for-sale .........     15,653     15,470     27,082         39,361
                                           --------   --------   --------   ------------

            Total investments ..........   $ 31,788   $ 28,512   $ 34,228   $     45,515
                                           ========   ========   ========   ============
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT MATURITIES AND YIELD. The following table presents the estimated fair
value of the available-for-sale securities and the amortized cost basis of
held-to-maturity securities with the approximate weighted yield of the
securities in the investment portfolio by type and stated maturity at September
30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             OVER ONE YEAR         OVER 5 YEARS
                                       ONE YEAR OR LESS     THROUGH 5 YEARS      THROUGH 10 YEARS       OVER 10 YEARS
                                      ------------------   ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                      WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
                                       AMOUNT      YIELD    AMOUNT      YIELD    AMOUNT      YIELD    AMOUNT      YIELD
                                      --------     -----   --------     -----   --------     -----   --------     -----
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>
U.S. treasury & agency
  securities ......................   $  5,496     5.22%   $ 26,368     6.57%   $  2,950     7.34%   $    111     6.55%
Municipal securities ..............        234     4.78       3,747     5.10         840     5.56       3,761     6.17
                                      --------             --------             --------             --------

   Total investments in debt
      securities ..................   $  5,730     5.18%   $ 30,115     6.39%   $  3,790     7.01%   $  3,872     6.18%
                                      ========             ========             ========             ========
</TABLE>

DEPOSITS. Our primary source of funds has historically been deposits,
principally certificates of deposit. For the nine months ended September 30,
1999, total average certificates of deposit were $268.6 million or 66.1% of
average total deposits. Deposits have grown significantly in recent years, with
total deposits increasing to $516.5 million at September 30, 1999 from $319.5
million at December 31, 1998, $200.3 million at December 31, 1997 and $101.4
million at December 31, 1996. These increases were primarily a result of
acquiring two branches in 1997, opening four branches in 1998 and opening four
branches in the first nine months of 1999. To attract deposits, we regularly
conduct promotional campaigns. Additionally, we use the national certificates of
deposit market to generate time deposits of specific maturities as part of our
overall asset/liability management.



                                       28
<PAGE>   32


The following table presents the average balances for each major category of
deposits and the weighted average interest rates paid for interest-bearing
deposits for the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                               ---------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                      1996               1997                1998                 1998                1999
                               -----------------  ------------------   -----------------   ------------------  ------------------
                                         AVERAGE             AVERAGE             AVERAGE             AVERAGE              AVERAGE
                               AVERAGE  INTEREST   AVERAGE  INTEREST   AVERAGE  INTEREST    AVERAGE  INTEREST   AVERAGE  INTEREST
                               BALANCE    RATE     BALANCE    RATE     BALANCE    RATE      BALANCE    RATE     BALANCE    RATE
                               -------  --------  --------  --------   -------  --------   --------- --------  --------  --------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Demand, interest-bearing..     $10,743      2.10% $ 12,184      2.09% $ 13,182      2.07%  $  13,008     2.08% $ 18,885      2.12%
Money market accounts.....       7,400      3.25    10,913      3.43    18,058      3.95      15,892     3.83    41,282      4.57
Savings...................       9,285      3.12    11,413      3.15    12,970      3.12      12,635     3.12    15,558      3.17
IRA deposits..............       5,609      5.43     7,484      5.82    10,687      5.97      10,042     5.99    15,316      5.65
Certificates of deposit:
  Under $100,000..........      26,367      5.63    72,229      6.11   126,396      6.13     116,821     6.15   215,170      5.71
  $100,000 and over.......       7,416      5.58    19,500      5.89    35,349      5.95      31,567     5.95    53,421      5.78
                               -------            --------            --------             ---------           --------

Total interest-bearing
     deposits.............      66,820      4.43%  133,723      5.22%  216,642      5.49%    199,965     5.47%  359,632     5.29%

Noninterest-bearing demand
  deposits................      17,124              24,654              33,845                31,765             46,773
                               -------            --------            --------             ---------           --------

      Total deposits......     $83,944            $158,377            $250,487             $ 231,730           $406,405
                               =======            ========            ========             =========           ========
</TABLE>

The following table presents the amount and maturity of IRA deposits and
certificates of deposit that had balances of $100,000 or more at September 30,
1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                REMAINING MATURITY:                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
                <S>                                                                      <C>
                Three months or less.................................................    $14,367
                Over three months through six months.................................     15,370
                Over six months through 12 months....................................     19,826
                Over 12 months.......................................................     26,568
                                                                                          ------
                    Total............................................................    $76,131
                                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS. We use a revolving line of credit as well as securities
sold under agreements to repurchase as sources of short-term funding. The
outstanding balance on our line of credit at September 30, 1999 was $11.8
million. In June 1999 we began to draw on our line of credit to fund the growth
of our Colorado bank. Advances from our line of credit have been contributed
into our Colorado bank as capital. Prior to completion of this offering we
expect to continue to draw on our line of credit to fund capital needs of our
Colorado bank. We expect that the maximum balance of $15.0 million will be
outstanding at December 31, 1999. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds
of this offering to repay our line of credit.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS. Our banks are members of the Federal Home
Loan Bank of Topeka, which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The
Federal Home Loan Bank system functions as a central bank providing credit for
members. As members of the Federal Home Loan Bank, our banks are entitled to
borrow funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank and are required to own Federal
Home Loan Bank stock in an amount determined by a formula based upon total
assets and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. Our banks may use Federal Home
Loan Bank borrowings to supplement deposits as a source of funds. See "Liquidity
- --Asset/Liability Management." Average Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings for the
nine months ended September 30, 1999 were $8.6 million compared to $8.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998, $4.2 million for 1997 and $0 for 1996. At
September 30, 1999, based on our Federal Home Loan Bank stockholdings, the
aggregate available and unused borrowing capacity of our banks was approximately
$9.4 million, which was



                                       29
<PAGE>   33

available through a line of credit and term advances. Federal Home Loan Bank
borrowings are collateralized by Federal Home Loan Bank stock, other investment
securities and a small amount of loans of our subsidiary banks.

A variety of borrowing terms and maturities can be chosen from the Federal Home
Loan Bank. Maturities available range generally from one day to 10 years.
Interest rates can be either fixed or variable and prepayment options are
available if desired. The Federal Home Loan Bank offers both amortizing and
non-amortizing advances. To date Federal Home Loan Bank stock has been
redeemable at the preset price of $100 per share, but there can be no assurance
that this policy will continue.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY. Historically, our capital needs have been to fund the growth
of our banking operations. Until 1997, internally generated funds were
sufficient for our capital needs. However, in 1998 we determined that, absent a
significant capital addition, the growth in our business would result in our
regulatory capital falling below adequately capitalized guidelines. Accordingly,
in February 1999 we completed a $23.0 million offering of trust preferred
securities with net proceeds of $21.9 million. At September 30, 1999, our total
capital exceeded the total regulatory capital minimum requirements to be
considered adequately capitalized. Our other near term source of capital is
expected to be the net proceeds from common stock sold in this offering, as well
as retained earnings.

Our management monitors compliance with bank and bank holding company regulatory
capital requirements, including risk-based capital guidelines and leverage
ratios. Under the risk-based capital method of capital measurement, the ratio
computed is dependent upon the amount and composition of assets recorded on the
balance sheet, and the amount and composition of off-balance sheet items, in
addition to the level of capital. Included in the risk-based capital method are
two measures of capital adequacy, tier 1 capital and total capital, which
consists of tier 1 and tier 2 capital. See "Supervision and Regulation --
FirsTier -- Capital Adequacy." It is our intention to maintain our holding
company capital ratios at an adequately capitalized level and our banks'
regulatory capital ratios at well capitalized levels. The net proceeds from our
trust preferred securities offering were used and the net proceeds from this
offering will be used in computing our regulatory capital ratios. See
"Supervision and Regulation--The Banks--Capital Adequacy."



                                       30
<PAGE>   34

The following tables present our capital ratios as of the indicated dates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DECEMBER 31,           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    1998                    1999
                                           ---------------------   ---------------------
                                             AMOUNT       RATIO      AMOUNT       RATIO
                                           ----------    -------   ----------    -------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS:
  Tier 1 capital .......................   $   20,139     6.44%    $   31,508     5.73%
  Tier 1 capital minimum requirement ...       12,504     4.00         22,010     4.00
                                           ----------              ----------

  Excess ...............................   $    7,635              $    9,498
                                           ==========              ==========

  Total capital ........................   $   22,564     7.22%    $   51,179     9.30%
  Total capital minimum requirement ....       25,009     8.00         44,021     8.00
                                           ----------              ----------

  Excess (deficit) .....................   $   (2,445)             $    7,158
                                           ==========              ==========

  Total risk adjusted assets ...........   $  312,617              $  550,258
                                           ==========              ==========

LEVERAGE RATIOS:(1)
  Tier 1 capital .......................   $   20,139     5.70%    $   31,508     5.64%
  Minimum requirement ..................       14,137     4.00         22,347     4.00
                                           ----------              ----------

  Excess ...............................   $    6,002              $    9,161
                                           ==========              ==========

  Average total assets .................   $  353,415              $  558,677
                                           ==========              ==========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  The leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of tier 1 capital to average
     total assets. See "Supervision and Regulation -- FirsTier -- Capital
     Adequacy" for definitions of tier 1 and total capital.

LIQUIDITY

SOURCES OF LIQUIDITY. We continuously forecast and manage our liquidity in order
to satisfy cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to allow us to
meet our cash flow needs. We have developed internal and external sources of
liquidity to meet our growth needs. Our internal sources of liquidity include
cash flows from operations, investments in securities and deposit growth. Our
external sources of liquidity include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank
and other banks and securities offerings to the capital markets.

We believe that we have developed sufficient internal and external sources of
liquidity to meet our cash needs for the foreseeable future. At September 30,
1999, these sources included:

     o    the ability to raise deposits through branch promotional campaigns;

     o    the maturity of overnight funds, of which $3.0 million was available;

     o    the sale of available-for-sale securities, of which $39.3 million was
          available;

     o    the availability of borrowing lines, of which $28.0 million was
          available; and

     o    draws on increased borrowing lines available at the Federal Home Loan
          Bank with the purchase of additional Federal Home Loan Bank stock, of
          which $38.0 million was available.

CASH FLOWS. A major source of our cash flow for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 1999 and 1998 were from financing activities. We realized cash
flows of $237.0 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 and
$104.2 million for the same period in 1998. Cash provided by financing
activities primarily consisted of net increases in deposits of $197.0 million
for the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 and $93.8 million for the
same period in 1998. During the nine month period ended September 30, 1999, we
received $23.0 million of cash from our trust preferred securities offering and
$15.2 million of cash from

                                       31

<PAGE>   35




securities sold under agreements to repurchase. For the same period in 1998, we
obtained $7.5 million of cash from advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

The primary use of our cash is for our investing activities. We used $230.0
million of cash for the nine month period ended September 30, 1999 and $102.9
million of cash for the same period in 1998 in our investing activities. For the
nine month period ended September 30, 1999, the primary components of cash used
in investing activities were $225.9 million used to fund loans and net purchases
of investment securities of $12.1 million. For the same period in 1998, the
primary component of cash used in investing activities was $83.3 million used to
fund loans.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT. A principal function of asset/liability management
is to coordinate the levels of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to
minimize net interest income fluctuations in times of fluctuating market
interest rates. Interest-sensitive assets and liabilities are those that are
subject to repricing in the near term, including both variable rate instruments
and fixed-rate instruments which are approaching maturity. Changes in net
interest income arise when interest rates on earning assets change in a
different time period from that of interest rates on interest-bearing
liabilities. Changes in net interest income may also arise from changes in the
mix and volumes of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.


                                       32
<PAGE>   36



The following table presents the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and
liabilities as of September 30, 1999, and the repricing dates of our earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of that date, as well as our interest
rate sensitivity gap percentages for the periods presented. Some assets and
liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period
may, in fact, mature or reprice at different times and at different volumes than
those indicated. Also, the renewal or repricing of assets and liabilities can be
discretionary and subject to competitive and other pressures. Therefore, the
following table does not and cannot necessarily indicate the actual future
impact of general interest rate movements on our net interest income.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ESTIMATED MATURITY OF REPRICING AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999(1)
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      THREE MONTHS
                                                         LESS THAN    TO LESS THAN      ONE TO         OVER
                                                        THREE MONTHS    ONE YEAR      FIVE YEARS     FIVE YEARS        TOTAL
                                                        ------------  ------------    ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
EARNING ASSETS:
  Funds sold and interest-bearing deposits ...........   $    2,500    $       --     $       --     $       --     $    2,500
  Investment in securities available-for-sale ........        2,033         5,496         27,395          4,437         39,361
  Investment in securities held-to-maturity ..........           --           234          2,695          3,225          6,154
  Loans and loans held for sale ......................      334,367        48,258        120,479         15,687        518,791
                                                         ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------
        Total earning assets .........................      338,900        53,988        150,569         23,349        566,806

INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
  Deposits:
    Demand, interest-bearing .........................       18,586            --             --             --         18,586
    Savings ..........................................       78,442            --             --             --         78,442
    Certificates of deposit and IRAs:
      Under $100,000 .................................       26,185       133,030        126,101          1,807        287,123
      $100,000 and over ..............................       14,151        35,212         26,565            203         76,131
  Other Liabilities:
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ...       20,268            --             --             --         20,268

  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ..................           --            57          7,785            751          8,593
  Note payable .......................................           --        11,750             --             --         11,750
  Company obligated mandatorily redeemable
    preferred securities of subsidiary trust .........           --            --             --         23,000         23,000

        Total interest-bearing liabilities ...........      157,632       180,049        160,451         25,761        523,893
                                                         ----------    ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------

Interest rate gap ....................................   $  181,268    $ (126,061)    $   (9,882)    $   (2,412)    $   42,913
                                                         ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========

Cumulative interest rate gap at September 30, 1999 ...   $  181,268    $   55,207     $   45,325     $   42,913
                                                         ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========

Cumulative interest rate gap to total assets .........         29.8%          9.1%           7.5%           7.1%
                                                         ==========    ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)   Callable investment securities are assumed to mature at the earliest call
      date. Loans are placed in the earliest time frame in which maturity or
      repricing may occur, and are stated gross, before the allowance for loan
      losses.

Due to the volume of loans that reprice with changes in the prime lending rate
and the volume of interest-bearing deposits, we have experienced a positive
maturity gap in assets and deposits that reprice or mature in less than one
year. Of the total earning assets at September 30, 1999, 64.5% reprice or mature
in less than one year, while 69.3% of all interest-bearing liabilities reprice
or mature in that same time frame. A positive maturity gap indicates that net
income would increase in the event of rising interest rates and would decrease
in the event of decreasing interest rates.

In the unlikely event of an immediate, parallel and sustained shift of market
interest rates, management estimates that net income during the twelve months
ended September 30, 1999 would likely have increased approximately 15% compared
to the like twelve month period if interest rates rose by 200 basis points and
likely fall by



                                       33
<PAGE>   37

approximately 15% compared to the like twelve month period if rates fell by the
same amount. These are good faith estimates assuming all other factors do not
change materially and, in management's belief, are not necessarily indicative of
what actually could occur in the event of an immediate interest rate increase or
decease of 200 basis points. Management believes that it is highly unlikely that
these changes would occur in a short time period. As earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities reprice at different time frames and in different
proportion to market interest rate movements, various assumptions must be made
based on historical relationships of these variables in reaching any conclusion.
Since these correlations are based on competitive and market conditions, future
results would, in management's belief, likely be materially different from the
foregoing estimates.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

Substantially all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a
result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on our
performance than the general levels of inflation. Although interest rates do not
necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of
goods and services, increases in inflation generally have resulted in increased
interest rates.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting
Comprehensive Income, which is effective for the fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. This statement establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components, revenue, expenses, gains and
losses, in a full set of general purpose financial statements. This statement
requires that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting
standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial
statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial
statements.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently adopted Statement No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. Statement
No. 131, which became effective for periods beginning after December 15, 1997,
requires that business enterprises report information about operating segments
in annual financial statements. It also establishes standards for related
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.
Statement No. 131 has had no significant impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

YEAR 2000 CONSIDERATIONS

As a result of computer routines employed by early programmers, many existing
software programs and operating systems may be unable to distinguish the year
2000 from the year 1900. Management presently believes that due to modifications
implemented in the first half of 1999 to existing software and conversion to new
software, the year 2000 issue will not pose significant operational problems for
us. Substantially all of our data processing services are provided under a
contract with First Commerce Technologies, an affiliate of the National Bank of
Commerce. First Commerce Technologies has been engaged by us to ensure that our
systems are fully year 2000 compliant. All of the year 2000 services of First
Commerce Technologies have been completed. First Commerce Technologies provides
us with status reports on a monthly basis regarding its internal year 2000
compliance efforts. Management believes that, to date, our software programs and
operating systems are converted, tested and year 2000 compliant. Implementation
of our plan to test in-house and outsourced software has been completed.
Applications considered to be mission critical were tested during the first
quarter of 1999 with successful results. Compliance audits performed to date on
our subsidiaries have been positive and no specific items of improvement were
noted.

In conjunction with the implementation of our year 2000 plan, we have also made
substantial investments in computer hardware and software to keep our banks
competitive in the marketplace. With the majority of the expenditures completed,
management estimates that, at September 30, 1999, we had spent $1.0 million on



                                       34
<PAGE>   38


technology upgrades. Management anticipates that we will spend a total of $1.1
million by the end of 1999. To date, approximately $160,000 has been spent
directly on year 2000 compliance. The plan implementation team is responsible
for progress and provides a status report to the board of directors on a monthly
basis.

In the event that a year 2000 related interruption should occur over which we
have no control, we have developed a two prong contingency plan that would be
implemented based on the expected duration and nature of the interruption. In
the event of a loss of computer communications, loss of utilities or an expected
short duration interruption, a manual back-up process is in place and that was
tested without any significant problems being encountered.

In the event that our primary service provider fails and is unsuccessful in
implementing its back-up contingency plan, we have identified an alternate
vendor. Management believes that the alternate vendor has the ability to provide
the services to meet our needs because this vendor has indicated that its
software is year 2000 compliant. In the event we were to use the alternate
vendor, management believes that the monthly processing costs could increase
marginally, and a one-time internal conversion cost in the range of $75,000 to
$125,000 would probably be incurred.

Pursuant to guidelines of the banking industry regulators, our bank subsidiaries
have sent direct mail to their customers regarding the year 2000 issue and the
need for readiness. However, response to these inquiries has not been
significant. Management intends to continue to solicit customer response on this
matter. Since September 1998, commercial loan customers have been required to
sign year 2000 compliance statements as a part of the loan documentation
process. Failure of our customers to prepare for year 2000 compatibility could
have a significant negative effect on customers' operations and profitability,
thus inhibiting their ability to repay loans and negatively affecting our
operations. Due to the low level of customer response, we do not have sufficient
information to enable us to assess the degree to which customers' operations are
susceptible to potential problems relating to the year 2000 issue or, further,
to quantify the potential lost revenue to us in this case.

In July 1999, the Year 2000 Act was signed into law. The Year 2000 Act
establishes uniform, national legal standards and liability limitations
governing lawsuits arising from actual or potential year 2000 failures,
including a duty of potential plaintiffs to mitigate damages both before and
after an actual year 2000 failure, strict enforcement of any contractual terms
and limitations on the ability of plaintiffs to seek punitive damages. The Year
2000 Act likely will be interpreted by the courts. We are unable to predict the
extent to which court interpretations may limit our ability to collect from
third parties for any losses we may incur or the extent to which we may be
responsible for the losses incurred by others.



                                       35
<PAGE>   39




                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

FirsTier Corporation, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in the
metropolitan Denver, Colorado area owns two full service community banks located
in Colorado and Nebraska. Our Colorado bank currently has 16 banking locations
dispersed throughout the Front Range area of Colorado, which includes the
metropolitan areas of Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, Fort Collins and their
surrounding communities. Our Nebraska bank has two banking locations in western
and central Nebraska located along the state's main highway, Interstate 80. Our
community banking philosophy emphasizes relationship banking for small to
mid-sized businesses and consumers. To provide high quality personalized service
to our customers, each of our branches acts as a separate community bank with
significant local decision making authority. While customer-related activities
are decentralized, support functions, such as credit administration, loan
review, data processing, accounting and investments are centralized to take
advantage of economies of scale. As of September 30, 1999, we had total assets
of $608.1 million, loans of $515.8 million, deposits of $516.5 million and
stockholders' equity of $24.3 million.

We have grown significantly since 1995, principally through the establishment of
start-up branches. These branches have typically been established in high growth
segments of the Front Range area of Colorado. Consolidation within the Colorado
banking community has increased the availability of seasoned banking personnel
and has afforded us the opportunity to staff our branches with experienced
commercial lenders who have existing customer relationships. In addition, we
have gained access to attractive banking locations due to the consolidation of
financial institutions in Colorado. Both the availability of experienced banking
personnel and attractive locations have enabled our start-up branches to reach
profitability generally within one year of opening.

GROWTH STRATEGY

Our goal is to continue to expand our franchise while maintaining a profitable,
customer-focused financial institution. We believe that our senior management
and systems infrastructure are adequate to support growth without incurring
proportionate increases in general, administrative and other non-interest
expenses and, furthermore, that current economic conditions in the Front Range
area of Colorado provide us with opportunities for growth. Additionally, our
growth should also allow us to increase the lending limits of our banks, thereby
enabling us to continue to serve the needs of existing and new customers. Our
branch expansion is focused in the Front Range area of Colorado, due to the
rapid economic growth this area is experiencing, and is primarily focused on
adding new branches and fostering existing branch growth. Although we may
consider acquisitions of smaller financial institutions from time to time,
external growth is a secondary priority due to the significant premiums
currently being paid to acquire financial institutions in our market areas.

NEW BRANCHES. To date in 1999, our Colorado bank has opened a branch in downtown
Denver, Longmont, Arvada, Colorado Springs, downtown Boulder and Parker,
Colorado. We anticipate opening a loan production office in Denver in early
2000.

We review branch opportunities on an ongoing basis using a systematic approach.
We first review locations, market area demographics and the availability of
seasoned bank professionals. We then formulate projections for potential branch
locations based on the past results of our branches. Based upon these
projections, we determine whether to proceed to open a branch. An integral part
of our branch strategy is recruiting key personnel to manage and operate our new
branches. We generally will not proceed with a new branch until we have
identified a qualified manager with a loyal customer following. We believe that,
by focusing on individuals who are established in their communities and who are
experienced in offering banking products and services, we are able to enhance
our market position and shorten the time required for new branches to become
profitable. We have been able to hire experienced, highly capable bankers who
prefer the autonomy and decision making



                                       36
<PAGE>   40

opportunities provided to them in a community banking environment. The banking
experience of the individuals we have hired ranges from 10 to 30 years. In
addition, we continue to add experienced staff in our Colorado bank. Also, due
to the availability of bank branch locations in Colorado resulting from
consolidation within the banking industry, we have often selected a branch site
where a branch of a former bank was located. We believe that our branching
strategy capitalizes on the significant economic growth in our Colorado market
area, and also provides for the needs of businesses and consumers for full
service community banking.

INTERNAL GROWTH. We believe that our largest source of internal growth is
through our intensive loan and deposit solicitation policy implemented by branch
presidents and lending officers, and by referrals from customers. Management
believes the primary reason for referrals is positive customer feedback
regarding our customer service and response time. We believe that a large part
of our loan and asset growth to date has resulted from pre-existing
relationships between customers and lending officers and senior management we
recruited. We also believe that economic expansion in the Front Range area of
Colorado contributes significantly to our internal growth.

The Colorado banking market in which we operate is dominated by large national
and regional financial institutions. This dominance was achieved through the
purchase of Colorado-based financial institutions over the past several years,
which resulted in a significant consolidation of the Colorado banking industry.
Management believes that small to mid-sized businesses often are not adequately
served by large banks, nor are these businesses of sufficient size to be a focus
of large banks, and that individuals frequently have difficulty in finding
personalized banking services. Many of these customers seek a banking
relationship with a smaller and significantly more service oriented community
banking organization such as us. We have designed our operational systems and
branch offices to enable us to provide superior customer service. We believe
that our banking locations are small enough to facilitate personalized services
and decision making, yet of sufficient size to meet most customers' needs.

We also seek opportunities to grow through niche banking areas. For example, we
recently began a private banking division that offers highly personalized
services to a select group of clients primarily through the Internet. This
division, known as "Player's Bank," targets professional athletes as a source of
deposits and lending activities. At November 30, 1999, deposits arising from our
Player's Bank division were approximately $1.4 million and loans are $7.7
million. We expect to increase marketing of Player's Bank to further grow this
division. In addition, our Colorado bank was recently granted the authority to
offer trust services, and we intend to begin our trust operations in early 2000.

OPERATING STRATEGY

Our operating strategy is to continue to provide high quality community banking
services to our customers and to increase market share through the active
solicitation of business with existing and new customers, repeat business,
referrals from customers and continuation of selected promotional strategies. We
will continue to implement our operating strategy by:

     o    Assembling an Experienced Banking Team. We focus on attracting and
          retaining high quality personnel. Most of our senior lending personnel
          have previous work experience with larger banking organizations and
          community banks operating in the Front Range area of Colorado, and
          have been attracted to our community banking culture and decentralized
          banking approach. We believe that hiring experienced managers reduces
          the risks associated with pursuing our operating strategy.

     o    Maximizing Operational Efficiencies. We seek to maximize operational
          and support efficiencies while maintaining high quality customer
          service. We use recently developed technology to provide customer
          support. Various management and administrative functions are
          consolidated, including credit administration and servicing,
          investment management, and accounting, enabling branch personnel to
          better focus on customer service and business development.



                                       37
<PAGE>   41

     o    Developing Active Marketing Programs. We focus on our active
          solicitation program to obtain new business, as well as to augment
          products and services that satisfy our customers' needs. Our marketing
          programs also use local print and promotional materials in each
          location, and we sponsor community events in branch areas.

     o    Providing High Quality Customer Service. We believe that our ability
          to offer high quality customer service provides us with a competitive
          advantage over many regional banks that operate in our market areas.
          Customer service is emphasized in all aspects of our operations and is
          a key component of our employee training programs.

     o    Maintaining a High Level of Asset Quality. Maintaining a high level of
          asset quality is an integral part of our operations. We believe that
          our loan underwriting criteria are relatively conservative in nature.
          In addition, in administering our loans we follow policies designed
          for early identification and resolution of problem credits.

HISTORY

We were organized under Nebraska law in 1963 by our founder and Chairman, Joel
H. Wiens, to purchase our first community bank, Firstate Bank, in Kimball,
Nebraska. In 1993, we began our Colorado banking operation through the purchase
of a bank in Northglenn, Colorado, which we renamed Firstate Bank of Colorado.
In 1995, we began our Colorado expansion through establishing start-up branches
in areas of the Front Range of Colorado that we believed were well situated for
deposit and loan growth. In addition to our branch startups, we purchased a
two-branch savings bank in 1997 that has been assimilated into our Colorado
bank. In September 1999, we changed our name from First Western Corp. to
FirsTier Corporation and moved our state of incorporation to Colorado. In the
future, we intend to change the names of our subsidiary banks to FirsTier Bank.

OUR BANKS

Our Colorado bank is a Colorado state chartered bank with total assets of $525.0
million, net loans of $455.0 million and total deposits of $448.5 million as of
September 30, 1999. Our Nebraska bank is a Nebraska state chartered bank with
total assets of $78.5 million, net loans of $53.8 million and total deposits of
$68.0 million as of September 30, 1999.



                                       38

<PAGE>   42




The following table presents information about each of our banking locations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    YEAR OPENED (OR ANTICIPATED            TOTAL ASSETS AT
BANKING LOCATION                     TO BE OPENED) OR ACQUIRED            SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
- ----------------                    ---------------------------           ------------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>                                    <C>
COLORADO BANK:
   Denver Metro Area:
            Northglenn                          1993                         $    90,552
            Thornton                            1995                              13,299
            Cherry Creek                        1995                              52,722
            Westminster                         1996                              34,250
            Denver Tech Center                  1998                              49,606
            Downtown Denver                     1999                              13,840
            Arvada                              1999                               1,419
            Parker                              1999                              10,111
            655 Broadway(1)                                                           --

   Boulder Metro Area:
            Boulder/Gunbarrel(2)                1997                              66,875
            Lafayette                           1998                              40,392
            Longmont                            1999                              18,423
            Central Boulder(3)                  1999                                  --

   Northern Colorado Area:
            Greeley(2)                          1997                              34,909
            Loveland                            1998                              20,893
            Fort Collins                        1998                              19,196

   Colorado Springs Metro Area:
            Colorado Springs(4)                 1999                               3,472

NEBRASKA BANK:
            Kimball                             1963                              68,442
            Elm Creek                           1992                              14,047
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Scheduled to open in early 2000 as a loan production office.
(2)  Acquired in 1997.
(3)  Opened December 1999.
(4)  Opened in May 1999 as a loan production office and converted into a full
     service branch of our Colorado bank in October 1999.

PRIMARY MARKET AREAS

Our primary market areas include the Front Range area of Colorado and, to a
lesser extent, western and central Nebraska. The Front Range area is the most
densely populated area in the Rocky Mountain region. As of April 1999, total
population for the area was approximately 3.3 million. The area has experienced
rapid growth over the past several years, with a net population growth of over
620,000 persons since 1990. The Front Range area lies along the eastern edge of
the Rocky Mountains and covers the 10 county area from Pueblo through Fort
Collins, including the Denver and Boulder metropolitan areas. Metropolitan
Denver contains a number of new industrial and office parks. Boulder has one of
the highest concentrations of small businesses and affluent individuals in the
Rocky Mountain region. The population of Douglas County, where our Parker branch
is located, has grown 150% since 1990. Northern Colorado, which encompasses
Greeley, Loveland and Fort Collins, has experienced rapid growth, with
nonagricultural employment increasing by 44.5% from 1990 through 1998.
Employment in the Front Range area is broadly diversified across the
manufacturing, construction, financial services, wholesale and retail trade,
tourism, transportation, communications, technology, cable



                                       39
<PAGE>   43




television, and government sectors. As of October 1999, unemployment in the
Front Range area was approximately 2.7%, which was below the national average.
In 1998, Colorado achieved the twelfth straight year of employment growth, with
nonagricultural employment increasing 3.6% during 1998 to approximately 2.1
million. Our Nebraska market area includes the Nebraska Panhandle, as well as
the fringes of southeastern Wyoming and the northeastern corner of Colorado,
with service providers and agriculture being the primary businesses.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

GENERAL. We provide a broad range of commercial and retail lending services,
including commercial and residential real estate loans, construction loans,
commercial loans and installment loans. Our primary lending focus is on
commercial lending for small to mid-sized businesses with borrowing needs of $1
to $10 million. Loans in excess of $5 million are participated primarily to
other financial institutions in our market areas. As of September 30, 1999,
substantially all of our outstanding loans were to customers within our primary
market area.

Interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, the term, the
underwriting and the servicing costs, the principal amount and the extent of
other banking relationships, and are further subject to competitive pressures,
money market rates, the availability of funds and government regulations. As of
September 30, 1999, approximately 82.3% of our loans were at variable interest
rates that change with our base rate or some other reference rate.

CREDIT PROCEDURES AND REVIEW. We follow a uniform credit policy established by
our board of directors which contains underwriting and loan administration
criteria, including levels of loan authority, loan types, credit criteria,
concentration limits, loan review and grading and related matters. Our credit
policies are reviewed by the board of directors at least once a year. Most of
our loans are secured and are supported by personal guarantees. We address
credit risk through internal credit policies and procedures, including officer
and customer lending limits, a multi-layered loan approval process for loans
above a loan officer's lending limits, periodic document examinations,
justification for any exceptions to credit policies, loan review and
concentration monitoring. We also provide ongoing loan officer training and
review, obtain outside independent loan reviews, operate a centralized
processing, document preparation and servicing center for loans and manage
problem assets centrally.

We maintain a loan committee approach to commercial lending, which we believe
yields positive results in both responsiveness to customer needs and asset
quality. We have three regional loan committees comprised of our senior officers
and the senior lending officers of our banks. Each loan committee meets once a
week.

Lending decisions are initially made at the branch level, with loan limits
varying based on a loan officer's experience. Loan limits for unsecured loans
are set at low levels. Loan limits for secured loans for any one lending officer
range from $15,000 to $150,000. However, loan limits for our lending officers
can be aggregated with the lending limit of a more senior officer of the branch.
No single branch has the authority to make unsecured loans over $8,000 or
secured loans over $235,000. For loan amounts above the maximum limit of a
branch, loan limits can be aggregated with loan limits of other presidents and
senior credit officers of other branches up to $500,000. All loans over $500,000
require approval of one of our regional loan committees.

Under applicable federal and state law, permissible loans to one borrower at
September 30, 1999 were limited to an aggregate of $7.0 million for our Colorado
bank and $1.2 million for our Nebraska bank. However, loan amounts are limited
by us at $4.0 million for the Colorado bank and $1.0 million for the Nebraska
bank. To accommodate customers whose financing needs exceed applicable lending
limits, we participate loans between our banks and we occasionally participate
loans to our affiliates. We also sell loan participations to unaffiliated
financial institutions. All loan participations are sold by us on a nonrecourse
basis. The outstanding balances of loan participations sold by us were $15.0
million at September 30, 1999, $7.9 million at December 31, 1998 and $10.1
million at December 31, 1997. We generally retain the servicing rights on loan
participations sold. In



                                       40
<PAGE>   44

addition, we may purchase loan participations from other banks. We use the same
analysis in deciding whether or not to purchase a participation in a loan as we
would in deciding whether to originate the same loan. The purchase of a
significant amount of loan participations by us could decrease our control over
the magnitude of risk in our loan portfolio because we are not able to control
the ongoing relationship with the borrower after purchasing the participation.
The outstanding balances of loan participations purchased by us were $17.5
million at September 30, 1999.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various types of transactions
that include commitments to extend credit. We apply the same credit standards to
these commitments as we apply to other lending activities and include these
commitments in our lending risk evaluations. Our exposure to credit loss under
commitments to extend credit is represented by the amount of these commitments.

REAL ESTATE LOANS. Our real estate loans are loans in which real estate serves
as either the primary or secondary source of collateral. At September 30, 1999,
$84.6 million of our real estate loans were commercial loans to businesses that
were collateralized by real estate. Loans of this type are also supported in
most cases by personal guarantees of the business owners. The real estate that
serves as collateral for these loans includes residential first mortgages,
residential second mortgages or commercial mortgages. These loans may range in
maturity from one to five years, with many of the loans maturing in one year.
The interest rates on these loans may be either fixed or floating, with a
substantial percentage involving floating interest rates.

At September 30, 1999, $135.4 million of our real estate loans were commercial
mortgage loans. We generally restrict our commercial mortgage lending activities
to owner-occupied properties or investment properties that are owned by
customers with whom we have a current banking relationship. The properties
securing our commercial mortgage loans include multi-family properties, office
buildings and warehouse buildings. Commercial mortgage loans are made with
either fixed or floating interest rates, with maturities ranging from three to
seven years. Substantially all of our commercial mortgage loans are first
mortgage loans. In most cases, we also secure these loans with a personal
guarantee of the property owner. Our underwriting standards generally require
that a commercial mortgage loan not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the
property securing the loan. In addition, we also make commercial mortgage loans
that are supported by the Small Business Administration and are secured by first
mortgages. The amount of any of these loans does not exceed 50% of the appraised
value of the property securing the loans. The loans typically have terms of five
to 15 years and have floating interest rates.

To a limited extent, we extend financing to individuals who may be considered
subprime credits. As of September 30, 1999, the outstanding balance of these
loans was $2.2 million. These loans are secured primarily by real estate and are
underwritten under more stringent criteria than loans to our other customers.
The collateral for these loans is generally a residential second mortgage. Our
underwriting standards require that the aggregate loan balance to appraised
value does not exceed 85%. The average size of this type of loan is $19,000, the
maturity is generally 15 years and the interest rates are fixed.

CONSTRUCTION LOANS. We provide financing to residential developers that we
believe have demonstrated a record of accurately projecting completion dates and
budgeting expenses. We provide loans for the construction of both presold
projects and projects built prior to the identification of a specific buyer,
although loans for projects built prior to a buyer's commitment to purchase are
made on a selective basis with more stringent underwriting criteria. Residential
construction loans have maturities of nine to 12 months, have origination fees,
are collateralized by first liens on the real estate and have floating interest
rates. In addition, in most instances, these loans are accompanied by a personal
guarantee either from the builder, in the case of a residence that is not
presold, or the homeowner who is building a residence. In connection with making
loans for a specific buyer, we require that a permanent financing commitment be
in place. We monitor construction draws monthly and inspect property to ensure
that construction is progressing as specified. Our underwriting standards
generally require that the principal amount of the loan be no more than 75% of
the appraised value of a completed presold residential construction project.
Values are determined by approved, independent appraisers.



                                       41
<PAGE>   45


We also originate loans to finance the construction of multi-family, office,
industrial and tax credit projects. These projects are predominately owned by
the user of the property or are undertaken by developers who maintain an ongoing
banking relationship with us and who demonstrate sufficient financial net worth
and income. Our underwriting standards generally require that the principal
amount of these loans be no more than 75% of the appraised value. These loans
are collateralized by first liens on the real estate and usually mature within
18 months. We generally receive origination fees in connection with these loans.
We require personal guarantees on these loans from the borrower or the
borrower's owner. From time to time, we will make commercial construction loans
to builders prior to identification of a specific buyer. Our underwriting
criteria for this type of loan is more stringent than for an owner occupied or
presold commercial building.

We selectively provide loans for the acquisition and development of land for
residential and commercial building projects by developers who have a
demonstrated ability to complete land development projects in a timely and
economical manner and who maintain an ongoing banking relationship with us. We
also extend these loans to large regional builders who have significant net
worth. These loans are collateralized by first liens on the real estate, range
in maturity from 18 to 36 months, carry floating interest rates and are often
accompanied by personal guarantees. Our underwriting standards generally require
that the principal amount of these loans be no more than 50% of the appraised
value for undeveloped land and 65% of the appraised value where improvements
have been installed.

RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS. We have a residential mortgage lending department
that originates first mortgages. Our strategy is to earn fee income, including
fees from selling the servicing rights to mortgages, in connection with mortgage
origination. Accordingly, we generally do not retain residential mortgage loans
in our loan portfolio. Rather, residential mortgage loans at any particular date
are classified as held for sale. Once we originate a residential mortgage loan,
we sell it to one of our six mortgage buyers with which we have resale
contracts. We underwrite our residential mortgage loans under standards set
forth in our mortgage resale contracts, thereby allowing the sale of the
residential mortgages to our mortgage buyers to occur shortly after these loans
are made. Most of the residential mortgages we underwrite are sold within two to
three weeks after the loans are made.

COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL AND AGRICULTURAL LOANS. These loans consist primarily of
loans to businesses for various purposes, including revolving lines of credit
and equipment financing. These loans generally mature within one year, have
adjustable interest rates and are secured by inventory, accounts receivable,
livestock, crops, machinery or other commercial assets. We also extend equipment
loans that typically have terms of three to five years, carry fixed interest
rates and are secured by the equipment.

CONSUMER LOANS. We provide a broad range of consumer loans to customers,
including installment loans, personal lines of credit, debit cards, home equity
loans and automobile loans. In order to improve customer service, continuity and
customer retention, management of commercial banking customers often work with
the same loan officer who handles their commercial banking relationship.
Installment loans to individuals, which are not secured by real estate,
generally have terms of two to five years and bear interest at fixed rates.
These loans are usually secured by motor vehicles, investment securities or
other personal assets.

MEZZANINE FINANCING. We recently began a small mezzanine capital operation whose
purpose is to make loans to businesses in our primary market areas through
subordinated debt for projects analyzed and approved by our senior management.
We anticipate that these loans will be made in connection with real estate
projects. We intend to use up to $5.0 million of the net proceeds of this
offering to make mezzanine loans. All of these loans will be collateralized,
usually with second mortgages on property. Maturities of these loans will
generally be between 12 and 36 months. We expect to receive origination fees in
connection with the loans and will charge a minimum interest rate substantially
above the prime rate. These loans will require, in most circumstances, personal
guarantees of the principals. In addition, it is expected that the size of these
loans will be between $500,000 and $2.5 million. We anticipate that the
mezzanine loan agreements will include shared participations in the cash flow of
the financed projects.



                                       42
<PAGE>   46

DEPOSIT ACTIVITIES

We offer a wide range of deposit products including regular checking, checking
with interest, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, certificates of
deposit, IRAs, corporate cash management and debit cards. Deposits at our banks
are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to statutory limits.
In addition to our banking locations, we also provide additional access for our
customers through on-line internet banking, PC banking, telephone banking, Visa
debit cards and 20 automatic teller machines. In addition, our banks offer
investment products for individuals and businesses.

COMPETITION

The banking business in the Front Range area of Colorado is highly competitive
and is currently dominated by a number of large regional financial institutions,
including Wells Fargo & Company, U.S. Bancorp Inc., Banc One Corporation, Zions
Bancorporation and KeyCorp. In addition to these regional banks, there are a
number of community banks that operate in the area, including Colorado Business
Bank, Guaranty Bank and Trust Company, Colorado State Bank & Trust, First Bank
Holding Company of Colorado and Union Bank and Trust. Our Nebraska bank competes
with First National Bank of Omaha and American National Bank in Kimball,
Nebraska. We compete for loans and deposits with other commercial banks,
including those listed above, savings and loan associations, finance companies,
insurance companies, credit unions and mortgage bankers. In addition to the
traditional financial institutions, we also compete for loans with brokerage and
investment banking companies, nonfinancial institutions, including retail stores
that maintain their own credit programs, and governmental agencies that make
available low cost or guaranteed loans to certain borrowers. Particularly in
times of high interest rates, we also face significant competition for deposits
from sellers of short-term money market securities and other corporate and
government securities.

By virtue of their larger capital bases or their affiliation with larger
multi-bank holding companies, many of our competitors have substantially greater
capital resources and lending limits than we do. As a result, we may experience
greater competition in our primary service areas. Our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by an
increase in competition. Moreover, recently enacted and proposed legislation has
focused on expanding the ability of participants in the banking industry to
engage in other lines of business. The enactment of this legislation could put
us at a competitive disadvantage because we may not have the capital to
participate in other lines of business to the same extent as more highly
capitalized bank holding companies.

We compete for loans and deposits principally through the scope and quality of
the services we provide. We believe that our personalized service enables us to
compete favorably with larger financial institutions in our target market of
small to medium-sized businesses. We actively solicit deposit related clients
and compete for deposits by offering customers personal attention and superior
service.

We face competition for our personnel. We compete by emphasizing branch autonomy
and our community banking philosophy. Management believes that we are able to
compete for personnel effectively in our market areas.

We will also face competition in the acquisitions of suitable branch sites. Many
of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and may be
able to offer greater consideration for branch sites or to locate banking sites
more effectively.

PROPERTIES

Our principal offices, and those of our Colorado bank, are located in a two
story, 14,000 square foot building we own at 11210 Huron Street, Northglenn,
Colorado. We also own our Thornton, Cherry Creek, Loveland, Fort Collins,
Longmont, Arvada, Kimball and Elm Creek land and bank buildings. All of our
other banking location



                                       43
<PAGE>   47

offices are leased or will be leased under long-term agreements with
unaffiliated third parties. These leases typically have five to 10 year terms,
with options to extend at market rates. With the exception of our principal
offices, our banking locations range in size from 1,500 square feet to 8,500
square feet. We also lease a 6,000 square foot operations facility next to our
Thornton branch from a partnership owned by three of our officers and directors.
See "Certain Transactions and Related Parties." All of our properties are in
good working condition. Total payments for our leased facilities are expected to
be $575,000 for 1999.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

We purchased the "FirsTier" mark, including the goodwill associated with the
mark, from U.S. Bank National Association on September 17, 1999, but agreed to
certain restrictions. These include, among others, that we would not use the
mark in any form in Omaha, Nebraska and Lincoln, Nebraska for a period of 24
months and that we would not use the mark in connection with any logo, design or
color scheme that was not clearly distinguishable from the logo, design and
color scheme that previously were used by U.S. Bancorp or U.S. Bank National
Association. We licensed back to U.S. Bancorp and U.S. Bank National Association
the right to continue to use the mark in connection with the advertising and
sale of money market savings services to their customers who purchased those
services before September 17, 1999. We did not receive any representations or
warranties about the mark. If there are any defects in the chain of title for
the mark or its registration, we will have the responsibility for correction at
our own cost and expense.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

FirsTier and its subsidiaries are from time to time parties to various legal
actions arising in the normal course of business. Management believes that there
is no proceeding threatened or pending against us or any of our subsidiaries
which, if determined against us, would have a material negative effect on our
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

EMPLOYEES

As of September 30, 1999, we had approximately 210 full-time equivalent
employees.



                                       44
<PAGE>   48



                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and position(s)
as of December 1, 1999 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                             AGE        POSITION
- ----                             ---        --------
<S>                              <C>        <C>
Joel H. Wiens(1)..............   70         Chairman of the Board of FirsTier, the Colorado bank and the Nebraska
                                            bank

Timothy D. Wiens(1)...........   44         President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of FirsTier; President,
                                            Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Colorado bank; Director of the
                                            Nebraska bank

Ronald B. James...............   45         Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Treasurer and Secretary of FirsTier
                                            and the Colorado bank

Michael J. Nelson.............   57         Executive Vice President and Director of FirsTier; President and Director of
                                            the Nebraska bank; Director of the Colorado bank

Alan D. Linton................   52         Executive Vice President and Senior Credit Officer of the Colorado bank

Brigette M. Howorko...........   47         Senior Vice President and Cashier/Head of Operations of the Colorado
                                            bank

Ronald B. Robinson............   59         Executive Vice President of the Colorado bank

Daniel L. Allen...............   47         Executive Vice President of the Colorado bank
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Joel H. Wiens is the father of Timothy D. Wiens. There are no other family
     relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

JOEL H. WIENS has been Chairman of the Board of FirsTier and the Nebraska bank
since 1963 and of the Colorado bank since 1993. For more than the past five
years, he has been the President and owner of Western Management Company, a
management company that provides management consulting services to FirsTier and
its subsidiaries. See "Certain Transactions and Related Parties."

TIMOTHY D. WIENS has been an officer and Director of FirsTier since 1973, most
recently serving as Vice President from 1995 to July 1999, Vice Chairman from
December 1998 to July 1999 and President and Chief Executive Officer since July
1999. He has been a Director of the Nebraska bank since 1981. He has been an
officer and Director of the Colorado bank since 1993, and has been President of
our Colorado bank since January 1995. From August 1993 to January 1995, Mr.
Wiens was President of Firstate Mortgage Corporation. From April 1989 to August
1993, Mr. Wiens served as an Executive Vice President for Recycling Industries,
a scrap metal industry consolidator. From 1986 to 1989, Mr. Wiens was a
co-founder and Chairman of First City Financial Corporation, a Denver based
residential and commercial mortgage company.

RONALD B. JAMES has been Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of FirsTier and
the Colorado bank since June 1998. From March 1997 to June 1998, Mr. James was a
Senior Vice President with First National Bank of Greeley, and from March 1982
to February 1997, he was employed with First Interstate Bancorp in various



                                       45
<PAGE>   49


positions, including finance officer. Prior to 1982, Mr. James was a controller
with First Interstate Bank of Englewood.

MICHAEL J. NELSON has been an officer and Director of FirsTier since 1987, an
officer and Director of the Nebraska bank since 1978 and a Director of the
Colorado bank since 1993. He has been President of the Nebraska bank since 1978,
and became Executive Vice President of FirsTier in July 1999. Mr. Nelson is also
a director of George Risk Industries, Inc., an electronics manufacturing company
in Kimball, Nebraska, which is publicly traded on the Nasdaq Bulletin Board
System.

ALAN D. LINTON has been Executive Vice President and Senior Credit Officer of
the Colorado bank since April 1995. From April 1997 to April 1998, he was a Vice
President and Commercial Lender of the Colorado bank. From 1987 through 1996, he
was employed as Director of Operations and Chief Financial Officer of Pratt
Management Company, a real estate property management, development and
construction company. From 1974 through 1986 he held several positions with
United Banks of Colorado, including President of United Bank of Longmont.

BRIGETTE M. HOWORKO has worked for the Colorado bank since 1980, most recently
serving as Cashier since 1985 and Senior Vice President and Head of Operations
since January 1996. She also has been a director of the Colorado bank since
1993.

RONALD B. ROBINSON has been an Executive Vice President of the Colorado bank
since May 1999, overseeing multi-branch operations for our Colorado bank's
Denver metropolitan area branches including corporate recruiting, facility
expansions, new business development and corporate operations. From February
1998 to May 1999, Mr. Robinson was employed with Merchants Mortgage as Vice
President and Manager of the Interim Loan Department. From May 1993 to January
1998, Mr. Robinson was employed by KeyBank of Colorado, formerly OmniBank, in a
variety of management positions, including as a bank President, Regional Manager
and Vice President. Prior to May 1993, Mr. Robinson was employed with The
Professional Bank and with United Banks of Colorado, now Norwest Bank, serving
in numerous management positions.

DANIEL L. ALLEN has been Executive Vice President and Director of Wholesale
Banking of the Colorado bank since July 1999, handling commercial lending and
correspondent bank relationships. Mr. Allen has over 22 years of banking
experience including serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of Pioneer
Bank/Community First National Bank, Longmont, Colorado from October 1984 to July
1999 and serving in management positions with Bank of Boulder from 1977 to 1984.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes that are elected over a
three-year period. Our directors serve until our annual meetings of shareholders
as follows: Joel H. Wiens - 2002; Timothy D. Wiens - 2001; and Michael J. Nelson
- - 2000. Directors of the Colorado bank receive a fee of $100 per meeting, plus
directors living outside of the Denver metropolitan area receive a $100 per
meeting travel allowance. Directors of the Nebraska bank are paid $250 per
meeting attended, with up to an additional $100 per meeting of travel expense
reimbursement. Our board of directors meets quarterly and the boards of
directors of our banks meet monthly.



                                       46
<PAGE>   50



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table presents the cash compensation paid by us to our Chief
Executive Officer and to our other executive officers who received compensation
from us exceeding $100,000 in 1996, 1997 or 1998.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     OTHER
                                                                                                     ANNUAL     ALL OTHER
                                                                                                     COMPEN-     COMPEN-
NAME                                                                     SALARY       BONUS          SATION      SATION
AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                      YEAR          ($)          ($)             ($)         ($)
- ----------------------                                     ------        ------      ------          -------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
Joel H. Wiens                                               1998             --          --               --           (2)
Chairman of the Board(1)                                    1997             --          --               --           (2)
                                                            1996             --          --               --           (2)
Timothy D. Wiens,
Chief Executive Officer                                     1998         98,176      50,000               --           --
and President(3)                                            1997         73,178      30,000               --           --
                                                            1996         60,062      15,700               --           --
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1)  Joel H. Wiens was our Chief Executive Officer during 1996, 1997 and 1998.
(2)  Joel H. Wiens did not receive a salary from us or our banks in the
     indicated years; however, Western Management Company, which is 100% owned
     by Mr. Wiens, received $180,500 in 1998, $167,000 in 1997 and $145,500 in
     1996 from us and our subsidiaries for management services. See "Certain
     Transactions and Related Parties."
(3)  Prior to August 1999, Timothy D. Wiens was our Vice Chairman.

1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

In September 1999, we adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The plan provides
for the following stock and stock-based awards: restricted stock, stock options,
stock appreciation rights and performance shares. Up to 1,700,000 shares of
common stock may be issued under the plan. All of our employees, directors and
consultants are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan is administered by
our board of directors, or the board of directors can designate a committee
composed of at least two non-employee directors to administer the plan. The
board of directors or committee will determine the participants in the plan and
the types of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of all awards.
The plan requires that the exercise period for stock options and restricted
stock cannot exceed 10 years and prohibits, except under limited circumstances,
the transfer of any awards. On September 15, 1999, Timothy D. Wiens was granted
an option for 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per
share, of which one-third vests on each anniversary date of the grant.

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Our articles of incorporation provide that the board of directors is authorized,
without the need for shareholder approval, to indemnify directors and officers
to the fullest extent provided for by Colorado law. Generally under Colorado
law, any director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to any
suit or proceeding may be indemnified if the director or officer acted in good
faith and had reasonable basis to believe that (i) in the case of conduct in an
official capacity, his or her conduct was in our best interests; and (ii) in all
other cases, his or her conduct was at least not opposed to our best interests;
and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause
to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Colorado law further provides that
such indemnification is not exclusive of any other rights to which such
individuals may be entitled under a company's articles of incorporation or
bylaws, or pursuant to any agreement, insurance policies, vote of shareholders
or disinterested directors or otherwise.

In addition, our bylaws provide that to the fullest extent permitted by Colorado
law, our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of the
directors' fiduciary duty of care to us and our shareholders.



                                       47
<PAGE>   51



Notwithstanding such limitations on liability, each director will continue to be
subject to liability for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or to
our shareholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving
intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, for certain activities
prohibited by Colorado law relating primarily to the unlawful payment of
dividends, repurchase of stock or improper loans or guarantees to directors, and
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. This provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under
any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal
environmental laws.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer,
employee or other agent of ours as to which indemnification is being sought. We
are not aware of any other threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification by any director, officer, employee or other agent.



                                       48
<PAGE>   52




                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table presents information regarding beneficial ownership of our
common stock, as of the date of this prospectus, by:

     o    each shareholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than
          5% of our outstanding common stock;

     o    each director and each named executive officer;

     o    all directors and executive officers as a group; and

     o    each selling shareholder who has agreed to sell shares of common stock
          in the event the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised.

Unless otherwise indicated, based on information furnished by the shareholders,
management believes that the shareholders listed below have sole investment and
voting power regarding their shares.



                                       49
<PAGE>   53


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                    OWNED PRIOR TO THE            SHARES           SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                        OFFERING(1)                BEING      OWNED AFTER THE OFFERING(4)
NAME AND ADDRESS                            --------------------------------      -------     ---------------------------
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                           NUMBER                 PERCENT      OFFERED     NUMBER              PERCENT
- -------------------                         ---------                -------      -------     ------              -------
<S>                                         <C>                      <C>          <C>         <C>                 <C>
Joel H. Wiens.........................        6,635,358(2)            87.5%                                              %
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

Timothy D. Wiens.  ...................          911,870(3)            12.0
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

Wiens Family Trust.  .................          515,509                6.8
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

Michael J. Nelson.....................          163,726                2.2
115 South Walnut
Kimball, Nebraska 69145

Ronald B. James ......................               --                 --
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

Daniel L. Allen ......................               --                 --
1849 North Main Street
Longmont, Colorado 80501

Ronald B. Robinson....................               --                 --
5299 DTC Boulevard
Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

James M. Prince(5)....................           94,457                1.2
700 South Howard
Kimball, Nebraska 69145

Alan D. Linton .......................               --                 --
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

Brigette M. Howorko...................               --                 --
11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234

All executive officers and
 directors as a group
 (eight persons)......................        7,453,209               98.3%                                              %
</TABLE>
- ---------------

(1)  The number of shares beneficially owned by each shareholder is determined
     under the rules issued by the SEC. The information is not necessarily
     indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these
     rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual
     has sole or shared voting power and any shares as to which the individual
     has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after the date
     of this prospectus through the exercise of any stock option or other right.
(2)  Of this amount, 6,119,849 shares are owned directly, and 515,509 shares are
     owned indirectly as trustee of the Wiens Family Trust.
(3)  Of this amount, 512,325 shares are owned directly, 141,791 shares are owned
     indirectly through his minor children and 257,754 shares are owned
     indirectly as a 50% beneficiary of the Wiens Family Trust.
(4)  Assumes full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
(5)  Mr. Prince has been a director of our Nebraska bank for over five years and
     served as a Vice President of the Nebraska bank for over the past five
     years until he retired on December 31, 1998.



                                       50
<PAGE>   54






                    CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS AND RELATED PARTIES

We and each of our three subsidiaries have entered into management agreements
with Western Management Corporation, a corporation owned by Joel H. Wiens. Each
management agreement is effective for one year, subject to renewal at the annual
meeting of the board of directors of each entity. Management services performed
under each agreement include strategic planning, tax planning and budgeting,
business development, marketing, community and industry relations, and
assistance with the preparation and filing of Federal Reserve reports. The
management agreements require payment of monthly fees to Western Management
Corporation as follows: FirsTier - $750; our Colorado bank - $750 plus $250 per
branch; our Nebraska bank - $3,000; First Mtg. Bancorp - $2,000. In addition to
these monthly fees, Western Management Corporation bills in December of each
year for any additional amount of time spent over 100 hours annually at $85 per
hour for Joel H. Wiens and $65 per hour for its accounting officer. The
following table summarizes payments made to Western Management Corporation for
the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     -----------------------------------------------  -----------------
                                                         1996              1997            1998              1999
                                                     ------------      ------------     ------------     -----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
FirsTier ..........................................  $     19,000      $     19,000     $     19,000     $     6,750
Colorado bank......................................         9,000            28,000           36,500          29,250
Nebraska bank......................................        86,000            86,000           86,000          64,800
First Mtg. Bancorp.................................        31,500            34,000           39,000          18,000
                                                     ------------      ------------     ------------     -----------
    Total..........................................  $    145,500      $    167,000     $    180,500     $   118,800
                                                     ============      ============     ============     ===========
</TABLE>

In 1995, Timothy D. Wiens sold assets of a mortgage company he owned to us for
$100,000 to be paid out of profits generated by mortgage operations relating to
those assets. Amounts due to Timothy D. Wiens under this agreement were paid in
full by December 31, 1998.

In May 1997, we issued 787,143 shares of common stock to six persons, including
Joel H. Wiens, Michael J. Nelson, Timothy D. Wiens and two of his children in
exchange for shares they owned in our Colorado bank, representing an 18.2%
minority interest in our Colorado bank. The parties used a valuation based
solely on book value of the two entities in determining the exchange ratio for
the transaction. Accordingly, no goodwill was recognized by us in the
transaction. The book value of the minority interest was approximately $632,000.
After the exchange, our Colorado bank became wholly-owned by us.

In March 1999, we issued 232,994 shares of common stock to five persons,
including Joel H. Wiens, Timothy D. Wiens and two of his children, and Michael
J. Nelson in exchange for shares they owned in our Nebraska bank, representing
an 8.6% minority interest in our Nebraska bank. The parties used a valuation
based solely on book value of the two entities in determining the exchange ratio
for the transaction. Accordingly, no goodwill was recognized by us in the
transaction. The book value of the minority interest was $683,000. After the
exchange, our Nebraska bank became wholly-owned by us.

We rent our 6,000 square feet service center from a limited liability company
owned by Timothy D. Wiens, Joel H. Wiens and Michael J. Nelson pursuant to a
five year lease which began in August 1999. The rent for this facility is $6,000
per month plus our share of operating expenses, which includes, among other
charges, maintenance, utilities, insurance and management fees. The rent may be
increased annually based on increases in the Consumer Price Index.



                                       51
<PAGE>   55

From time to time, Joel H. Wiens purchases loan participations from our
subsidiaries. The participations are made on terms identical to those of
unaffiliated parties. Approximate loan principal balances outstanding under
these participations are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      ----------------      -------------
                                                                      1997        1998          1999
                                                                      ----        ----          ----
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>           <C>
Loan principal balances outstanding which were
  purchased by Joel H. Wiens ...............................          $1,420        $1,034        --
</TABLE>

Timothy D. Wiens and Michael J. Nelson, along with two officers of our Nebraska
bank and two unaffiliated persons, each own 16.67% of Insurance Professionals,
Inc., a Nebraska insurance agency. Insurance Professionals, Inc. has rented
office space at both the Kimball and Elm Creek branches of the Nebraska bank for
over 10 years for $100 per month per location on a month to month basis.

                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

We and our banks are extensively regulated under federal, Colorado and Nebraska
law. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors and
the deposit insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, not our
shareholders. The following information is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.

The laws and regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies are in a
state of flux. The rules and the regulations in this area have changed
significantly over recent years, and there is reason to expect that similar
changes will continue in the future. The policies of regulatory authorities,
including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, have a significant effect
on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among
the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open
market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on
member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank
deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall
growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use
may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The Federal
Reserve's monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of
commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the
future.

Any change in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory policies may have a
material effect on our business, operations and prospects. We are unable to
predict the nature or extent of the effects that fiscal or monetary policies,
economic controls or new federal or state legislation and regulation may have on
our business and earnings in the future.

MAJOR FEDERAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LEGISLATION RECENTLY ADOPTED

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was signed into law on November 12, 1999. This major
banking legislation now permits affiliation among depository institutions and
entities whose activities are considered "financial in nature" or incidental or
complementary to such activities. Activities which are expressly considered
financial in nature include, among other things, securities and insurance
underwriting and agency, investment management and merchant banking. With
certain exceptions, this act similarly expanded the authorized activities of
subsidiaries of national banks (and indirectly through the wild card powers
provisions of state law, Colorado and Nebraska banks). These provisions become
effective March 11, 2000.

In general, these expanded powers are reserved to bank holding companies, to be
known as financial holding companies, and banks, where all depository
institutions affiliated with them are well capitalized and well managed based on
applicable banking regulations and meet specified Community Reinvestment Act
ratings. The act authorizes the Federal Reserve and the Treasury, in cooperation
with one another, to determine what


                                       52
<PAGE>   56


additional activities are permissible as financial in nature. Maintenance of
activities which are financial in nature will require financial holding
companies and banks to continue to satisfy applicable well capitalized and well
managed requirements. Bank holding companies which do not qualify for financial
holding company status are limited to non-banking activities deemed closely
related to banking prior to adoption of the act.

Under the merchant banking provisions of the act (powers which are reserved to
financial holding company affiliates and are not permitted at this time by bank
subsidiaries), financial holding companies will have broad authority to acquire
control of any company so long as it "does not routinely manage or operate" the
company and meets other requirements. However, apart from these merchant banking
provisions and limited grandfathering rights for commercial activities granted
to entities becoming financial holding companies, the act preserves the
historical separation of banking and commerce and, to a degree, expands it by
repealing the exemption that permitted unitary savings and loan holding
companies to engage in non-financial activities.

The act establishes a scheme of "functional regulation" of financial services
businesses which is intended to reflect the primacy of regulation over
activities and entities by regulators routinely responsible for such activities
and entities and with the appropriate expertise in the area of regulation. This
applies both in allocating responsibility for supervising different companies
within a financial holding company structure and in supervising different
activities within the same company. In this connection, the act clarifies the
regulation by states of insurance products sold by depository institutions,
repeals some of the exemptions enjoyed by banks under federal securities laws
relating to securities offered by banks and licensing of broker-dealers and
investment advisors.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act adopts restrictions on financial institutions
regarding the sharing of customer non-public personal information with
non-affiliated third parties unless the customer has had an opportunity to opt
out of the disclosure. The act also imposes periodic disclosure requirements
concerning the financial institution's policies and practices regarding data
sharing with affiliated and non-affiliated parties.

This act will be the subject of extensive rule making by federal banking
regulators and others. The effects of this legislation will only begin to be
understood over the next several years and at this time cannot be predicted with
any certainty.

FIRSTIER

GENERAL. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company
Act of 1956 and are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the
Federal Reserve. We are required to file an annual report and the other reports
as the Federal Reserve now requires or may require.

ACQUISITIONS. As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain the prior
approval of the Federal Reserve before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or
control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank or bank holding company.
The Federal Reserve will not approve any acquisition, merger or consolidation
that would have a substantial anti-competitive result, unless the
anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are outweighed by a greater
public interest in meeting the needs and convenience of the public. The Federal
Reserve also considers managerial, capital and other financial factors in acting
on acquisition or merger applications.

PERMISSIBLE ACTIVITIES. Subject to limited exceptions, a bank holding company
may not engage in, or acquire direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the
voting shares of any company engaged in a non-banking activity, unless this
activity has been determined by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to
banking or managing banks. The Federal Reserve has identified specific
non-banking activities in which a bank holding company may engage with notice
to, or prior approval by, the Federal Reserve. As a result of adoption of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, unless we determine to become a financial holding
company, non-banking activities in which we are permitted to engage will be
limited to those approved for bank holding companies by the Federal Reserve
prior to adoption of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. A bank holding company which
meets certain


                                       53
<PAGE>   57


criteria may become a financial holding company by filing after March 11, 2000 a
declaration to that effect with the Federal Reserve. To so certify, each
depository institution affiliate of the bank holding company must be "well
capitalized" and "well managed" under applicable banking regulation. A financial
holding company may engage, without prior approval, in any activity listed in
the act as financial in nature or determined to be such by the Federal Reserve.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY. The Federal Reserve monitors the regulatory capital adequacy
of bank holding companies. As discussed below, our banks are also subject to the
regulatory capital adequacy requirements of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation and Colorado and Nebraska regulations, as applicable. The Federal
Reserve uses a combination of risk-based guidelines and leverage ratios to
evaluate our regulatory capital adequacy.

The Federal Reserve has adopted a system using risk-based capital adequacy
guidelines to evaluate the regulatory capital adequacy of bank holding companies
on a consolidated basis. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, different
categories of assets are assigned different risk weights, based generally on the
perceived credit risk of the asset. These risk weights are multiplied by
corresponding asset balances to determine a risk-weighted asset base. Some off
balance sheet items, such as loan commitments in excess of one year, mortgage
loans sold with recourse and letters of credit, are added to the risk-weighted
asset base by converting them to a balance sheet equivalent and assigning to
them the appropriate risk weight. For purposes of the regulatory risk-based
capital guidelines, total capital is defined as the sum of tier 1 and tier 2
capital elements, with tier 2 capital being limited to 100% of tier 1 capital.
For bank holding companies, tier 1 capital generally includes common
shareholders' equity, perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in
consolidated subsidiaries less the unamortized balance of intangible assets. No
more than 25% of tier 1 capital may be comprised of cumulative preferred stock,
such as the trust preferred securities. Tier 2, also known as Secondary Capital,
capital generally includes certain forms of perpetual preferred stock, as well
as maturing capital instruments and the allowance for loan losses, limited to
1.25% of risk-weighted assets. The regulatory guidelines generally require a
minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8% to be adequately
capitalized, of which at least 4% should be in the form of tier 1 capital.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve and the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation use a leverage ratio as an additional tool
to evaluate the capital adequacy of banks and bank holding companies. The
leverage ratio is defined as a company's tier 1 capital divided by its average
assets. Our current minimum required leverage ratio is 4%.

The table below presents our ratios of (1) total capital to risk-weighted
assets, (2) tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and (3) tier 1 capital to
average assets, at September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                             --------------------------
              RATIO                                          ACTUAL    MINIMUM REQUIRED
              -----                                          ------    ----------------
     <S>                                                     <C>       <C>
     Total capital to risk-weighted assets ..............     9.30%          8.0%
     Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets .............     5.73           4.0
     Tier 1 capital to average assets ...................     5.64           4.0
</TABLE>

THE BANKS

GENERAL. The deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
and both banks are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. In addition, the Colorado bank is regulated by the
Colorado Division of Banking and the Nebraska bank is regulated by the Nebraska
Department of Banking and Finance.

PERMISSIBLE ACTIVITIES. No bank formed under Colorado or Nebraska law may engage
in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution
complies with applicable capital requirements and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the Bank
Insurance Fund.


                                       54
<PAGE>   58


Neither our Colorado bank nor our Nebraska bank are presently involved in the
types of activities covered by this limitation.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT. Enacted in 1977, the federal Community Reinvestment
Act has become significant to financial institutions, including their holding
companies. The Community Reinvestment Act currently allows regulators to turn
down an applicant seeking to make an acquisition or establish a branch unless it
has performed satisfactorily under the Community Reinvestment Act. Satisfactory
performance means meeting adequately the credit needs of the communities the
applicant serves. The applicable federal regulators regularly conduct Community
Reinvestment Act examinations to assess the performance of financial
institutions. During the last examination, ratings of satisfactory were received
by our Colorado bank and our Nebraska bank. As a result, management believes
that our banks' performance under Community Reinvestment Act will not impede
regulatory approvals of any proposed acquisitions or branching opportunities.

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS. Dividends paid by our banks provide substantially all of
our operating cash flow. Under Colorado and Nebraska law, the approval of the
principal regulator is required prior to the declaration of any dividend by a
bank if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the
total of its net profits of that year combined with its retained net profits for
the preceding two years. In addition, a bank cannot pay a dividend if it will
cause its bank to be undercapitalized.

EXAMINATIONS. Our banks are examined from time to time by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation. Based upon an evaluation, the examining regulator may
revalue the assets of an insured institution and require that it establish
specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the value determined
by the regulator and the book value of the assets. The Colorado Division of
Banking and the Nebraska Department of Banking and Finance also conduct
examinations of state-chartered banks. Both of these regulators may accept the
results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent
examination. Both the Colorado and Nebraska banking regulators have the
authority to revalue the assets of a state-chartered institution and require it
to establish reserves.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted
regulations establishing minimum requirements for the capital adequacy of
insured institutions. The requirements address both risk-based capital and
leverage capital, with risk-based assets and tier 1 and tier 2 capital being
determined in basically the same manner as described above for bank holding
companies. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may establish higher
minimum requirements if, for example, a bank has previously received special
attention or has a high susceptibility to interest rate risk.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation risk-based capital guidelines require
state non-member banks to have a ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
of 4% and a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation leverage guidelines require that state
banks maintain tier 1 capital of no less than 3% and up to 5% of average assets.
The applicable guideline for our banks is estimated to be 4%. Banks with
regulatory capital ratios below the required minimum are subject to
administrative actions, including the termination of deposit insurance upon
notice and hearing, or a temporary suspension of insurance without a hearing in
the event the institution has no tangible capital.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                     ---------------------
                                                              COLORADO BANK       NEBRASKA BANK
                                                            -----------------   ------------------
                                                                     MINIMUM             MINIMUM
                            RATIO                           ACTUAL   REQUIRED   ACTUAL   REQUIRED
                            -----                           ------   --------   ------   --------
     <S>                                                    <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>
     Total capital to risk-weighted assets ............     10.3%      8.0%     14.4%      8.0%
     Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ...........      9.6       4.0      13.1       4.0
     Tier 1 capital to average assets .................      9.7       4.0      10.8       4.0
</TABLE>


                                       55
<PAGE>   59


Banking regulators have adopted regulations that define five capital levels:
well capitalized; adequately capitalized; undercapitalized; significantly
undercapitalized; and critically undercapitalized. An institution is critically
undercapitalized if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal
to or less than 2%. An institution is well capitalized if it has a total
risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of
6% or greater and a tier 1 capital leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and the
institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive, or
prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level
for any capital measure. An institution is adequately capitalized if it has a
total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 8%, a tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio not less than 4% and a leverage ratio of not less than 4%. Under these
regulations, as of September 30, 1999, both of our banks were well capitalized.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act requires the federal
banking regulators to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of
depository institutions, including capital-deficient institutions. In addition
to requiring the submission of a capital restoration plan, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act contains broad restrictions on activities
of undercapitalized institutions involving asset growth, acquisitions, branch
establishment, and expansion into new lines of business. With limited
exceptions, an insured depository institution is prohibited from making capital
distributions, including dividends, and is prohibited from paying management
fees to control persons if the institution would be undercapitalized after any
distribution or payment.

As an institution's capital decreases, the powers of the federal banking
regulators become greater. A significantly undercapitalized institution is
subject to mandated capital raising activities, restrictions on interest rates
paid and transactions with affiliates, removal of management, and other
restrictions. The regulators have limited discretion in dealing with a
critically undercapitalized institution and are generally required to appoint a
receiver or conservator if the capital deficiency is not corrected promptly.

If the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation incurs losses in connection with
the failure of an insured institution or in assisting an insured institution, it
can hold commonly controlled, insured depository institutions liable for the
losses. This liability to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will have
priority over obligations to the institution's shareholders and affiliates.

SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS STANDARDS. The federal regulators have adopted uniform
standards for the safe and sound operation of financial institutions. The
regulators require banks to maintain internal controls, information systems and
internal audit systems that are appropriate for the size, nature and scope of
the institution's business. The regulators also require certain standards to be
observed in loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk
exposure, and asset growth.

One of the major additional burdens imposed on the banking industry is the
increased authority of federal agencies to regulate the activities of federal
and state banks and their holding companies. The Federal Reserve, the
Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have
extensive authority to police unsafe or unsound practices and violations of
applicable laws and regulations by depository institutions and their holding
companies. These agencies can assess civil money penalties and other laws have
expanded the agencies' authority in recent years, and the agencies have not yet
fully tested the limits of their powers. In addition, the Colorado Division of
Banking and the Nebraska Department of Banking and Finance possess broad
enforcement powers to address violations of their banking laws by banks
chartered in each respective state.

REAL ESTATE LENDING EVALUATIONS. The federal regulators have adopted uniform
standards for evaluations of loans secured by real estate or made to finance
improvements to real estate. Banks are required to establish and maintain
written internal real estate lending policies consistent with safe and sound
banking practices and appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature
and scope of its operations. The regulations establish loan to value ratio
limitations on real estate loans, which generally are equal to or less than the
loan to value limitations established by our banks.


                                       56
<PAGE>   60


DEPOSIT INSURANCE PREMIUMS. The assessment schedule for banks ranges from 0 to
27 cents per $100 of deposits subject to Bank Insurance Fund assessments, based
on each institution's risk classification. Our banks' insured deposits are
subject to assessment payable to the Bank Insurance Fund. An institution's risk
classification is based on an assignment of the institution by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation as of December 31 of each year to one of three
capital groups and to one of three supervisory subgroups. The capital groups are
well capitalized, adequately capitalized and undercapitalized. The three
supervisory subgroups are Group A, for financially solid institutions with only
a few minor weaknesses, Group B, for those institutions with weaknesses which,
if uncorrected could cause substantial deterioration of the institution and
increase the risk to the deposit insurance fund, and Group C, for those
institutions with a substantial probability of loss to the Bank Insurance Fund
absent effective corrective action. Currently, both of our banks are in the well
capitalized classification and have a Group A supervisory subgroup rating.

YEAR 2000 SUPERVISION. For several years, federal banking regulators have been
directing financial institutions to take measures to ensure that their
operations are year 2000 compliant. In addition, regulators examine financial
institutions for year 2000 compliance. The full range of enforcement actions
available to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may be used to penalize a
bank that fails to demonstrate that it is meeting regulatory requirements for
year 2000 compliance. Neither of our banks has had any formal or informal
enforcement action taken against it for failure to satisfy year 2000 compliance.

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES AND INSIDERS AND OTHER LENDING RESTRICTIONS. Our
banks are subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act,
which places both quantitative and qualitative limits on extensions of credit
and certain other transactions with affiliates. Section 23B of the Federal
Reserve Act also applies to our banks and requires, among other things, that
transactions with affiliates be on terms that are at least as favorable as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliates. A
similar restriction applies to extensions of credit made by our banks to any of
their executive officers, directors, and certain principal shareholders. The
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act creates a rebuttal presumption that a company held as a
merchant banking or insurance company portfolio investment is an affiliate of
the financial holding company and its depository institution subsidiaries if the
holding company owns 15% or more of the portfolio company's equity capital.
Finally, our banks are governed by state limits on the amount that may be loaned
to any one borrower.

INTERSTATE BANKING LEGISLATION. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994, which became effective September 1995, has eliminated
many of the historical barriers to the acquisition of banks by out-of-state bank
holding companies. This law facilitates the interstate expansion and
consolidation of banking organizations by permitting:

     o   bank holding companies that are adequately capitalized and managed to
         acquire banks located in states outside their home states regardless of
         whether acquisitions are authorized under the laws of the host state;

     o   the interstate merger of banks, subject to the right of individual
         states either to pass legislation providing for earlier effectiveness
         of mergers or to opt out of this authority prior to that date;

     o   banks to establish new branches on an interstate basis provided that
         this action is specifically authorized by the law of the host state;

     o   foreign banks to establish, with approval of the appropriate regulators
         in the United States, branches outside their home states to the same
         extent that national or state banks located in that state would be
         authorized to do so; and

     o   banks to receive deposits, renew time deposits, close loans, service
         loans and receive payments on loans and other obligations as agent for
         any bank or thrift affiliate, whether the affiliate is located in the
         same or different state.


                                       57
<PAGE>   61


Our banks do not currently have any plans to take any actions permitted by this
law.

BRANCH BANKING IN COLORADO. Since July 1, 1993, Colorado has permitted any
"financial institution" to convert any "affiliate financial institution" into a
branch. Since August 1, 1991 but prior to July 1, 1993, the conversion rights
had been subject to percentage limitations, which percentage limitations ceased
on June 30, 1993. Colorado's branch banking statute defines "financial
institution" as any bank, bank holding company, industrial bank, industrial bank
holding company, savings and loan association, federal savings bank, or thrift
holding company. Colorado's branch banking statute defines "affiliate financial
institution" as any bank, industrial bank, or savings and loan association which
has its principal place in Colorado and is controlled by a financial
institution.

Since January 1, 1997, Colorado has permitted any bank, industrial bank, or
savings and loan association, to the extent it has its principal place of
business in Colorado, to establish one or more "de novo" branches anywhere in
Colorado upon 30 days' written notice to the appropriate regulatory authority.
Also since January 1, 1997, any bank, industrial bank, or savings and loan
association that has its principal place of business in Colorado and had its
charter approved or conditionally or preliminarily approved on or after April 1,
1991, may be converted into a branch of any bank, industrial bank, or savings
and loan association upon 30 days' written notice to the appropriate regulatory
authority.

Colorado law provides that no financial institution that acquires any other
financial institution may convert the acquired institution into a branch if it
would result in the acquiring institution controlling more than 25% of the
aggregate of all deposits in all banks, savings and loan associations, federal
savings banks, and other financial institutions in Colorado that are federally
insured.


                                       58
<PAGE>   62


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

COMMON STOCK

We are authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 7,579,667
shares of common stock were issued and outstanding as of December 15, 1999.
Holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share and
dividends as and when declared by our board of directors, and upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of liabilities. We have not paid any dividends to date nor do we anticipate
paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. It is our
present policy to retain earnings for use in the development and expansion of
our business. The holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to one vote
for each share held of record by them, and do not have the right to cumulate
their votes for election of directors. The holders of shares of common stock do
not have preemptive rights.

PREFERRED STOCK

We are authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock with
designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by
our board of directors. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered,
without shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend,
liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights that could aversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. In the event of
issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as
a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control. No shares
of preferred stock are currently outstanding.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws, along with bank regulations, include
provisions that may have the effect of hindering or delaying a change in control
of us or the sale of substantially all of our assets. These provisions include:

     o   the delegation of authority to our board of directors to issue up to
         20,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to fix the rights, preferences
         and limitations of these shares without shareholder approval and to
         issue shares of common stock;

     o   a prohibition against any person or entity, individually or together
         with persons or entities acting in concert with such person or entity,
         from acquiring the ownership, control, right to vote or right to
         acquire 10% or more of our total outstanding common stock, without
         first complying with the requirements of federal banking laws;

     o   a requirement of an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
         capital stock then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote to
         approve the sale of all or substantially all of our assets; and

     o   the division of our board of directors into three classes that are
         elected over a three-year period.

SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUST

In February 1999, through FW Capital I, a wholly-owned subsidiary, we completed
the sale of $23.0 million of 9.375% cumulative trust preferred securities. FW
Capital I was formed for the sole purpose of issuing the trust preferred
securities and investing the proceeds into 9.375% junior subordinated debentures
which were issued by us and mature on February 16, 2029, which date may be
shortened by us. We make quarterly interest payments on the debentures. These
payments fund the distributions payable to the holders of the trust preferred
securities.

Holders of the trust preferred securities are entitled to receive preferential
cumulative cash distributions payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of
January, April, July and October of each year, subject to possible deferral


                                       59
<PAGE>   63


as described below, at the annual rate of 9.375% of the liquidation amount of
$10 per trust preferred security. We have, through a guarantee and other
documents, fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated
basis, all of FW Capital I's obligations under the trust preferred securities.
Under the guarantee, we guarantee the payment of distributions by FW Capital I
and payments on liquidation of or redemption of the trust preferred securities,
subordinate to the right to payment of our senior and subordinated debt, to the
extent of funds held by FW Capital I. The guarantee does not cover payment of
distributions when FW Capital I does not have sufficient funds to pay the
distributions. If we do not make required payments on the debentures, a holder
of the trust preferred securities may institute a legal proceeding directly
against us to enforce payment of distributions to a holder. Our obligations
under the guarantee and the debentures are subordinate and junior in right of
payment to all our senior and subordinated debt.

TRANSFER AGENT

American Securities Transfer & Trust, Inc., Denver, Colorado, will act as
transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.


                                       60
<PAGE>   64


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock, and
there can be no assurance that a significant public market for the common stock
will develop or be sustained after the offering. Any future sale of substantial
amounts of common stock in the open market or the perception that such sales may
occur could negatively affect the market price of the common stock.

After this offering, we will have                 shares of common stock
outstanding, or           shares of common stock if the underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full. The common stock sold in the
offering will be freely transferable without restriction under the Securities
Act, unless the shares are held by our affiliates as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining            shares of common
stock held by existing shareholders are restricted shares within the meaning of
Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We issued and sold the restricted shares in
private transactions in reliance on exemptions from registration under the
Securities Act. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if they
are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption
from registration, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.

In connection with this offering, our shareholders, who will own a total of
             shares of common stock after the offering (or        shares if the
underwriters' overallotment is exercised in full), have entered into lock-up
agreements pursuant to which they have agreed not to offer or sell any shares of
common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without
the prior written consent of U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, on behalf of the
underwriters. See "Underwriting." U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray may, however, in
its sole discretion, at any time and without notice, waive any of the terms of
these lock-up agreements specified in the underwriting agreement. Following the
lock-up period, these shares will not be eligible for sale in the public market
without registration under the Securities Act unless such sale meets the
conditions and restrictions of Rule 144 as described below.

Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus or earlier with the prior
written consent of U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray,            shares of common stock
will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to Rule 144 of the
Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus,
a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year
would be entitled to sell in any three-month period up to the greater of:

     o   1% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock which is expected to
         be approximately        shares upon completion of this offering; or

     o   the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four
         calendar weeks immediately preceding the notice of such a sale on Form
         144 filed with the Securities Exchange Commission.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain provisions relating to notice
and manner of sale and the availability of current public information about us
during the 90 days immediately preceding a sale. In addition, a person who is
not an affiliate of ours during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years would
be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the volume
limitation and other conditions described above. The foregoing summary of Rule
144 is not intended to be a complete description.


                                       61
<PAGE>   65

                                  UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below have agreed to buy, subject to the terms of the
purchase agreement, the number of shares listed opposite their names below. The
underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any are
purchased.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         NUMBER
UNDERWRITERS                                            OF SHARES
- ------------                                            ---------
<S>                                                     <C>
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. .....................
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. .......................
                                                        ----------
    Total............................................
</TABLE>

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares to the
public at $______ per share. The underwriters propose to offer the shares to
certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $______ per
share. The underwriters may allow and the dealers may reallow a concession of
not more than $ per share on sales to certain other brokers and dealers. After
the offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters.

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional
________shares of common stock from us and the selling shareholders have granted
the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional ________ shares of
common stock, on a pro rata basis, at the same price to the public, and with the
same underwriting discount, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 30-day period
after the date of this prospectus, but only to cover over-allotments, if any. To
the extent the underwriters exercise the option, each underwriter will become
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same
percentage of the additional shares as it was obligated to purchase under the
purchase agreement.

The following table shows the underwriting fees to be paid to the underwriters
in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            NO EXERCISE        FULL EXERCISE
                                            -----------        -------------
<S>                                         <C>
Per share .............................     $                  $
Total     .............................     $                  $
</TABLE>

We, and the selling shareholders, if they sell shares, have agreed to indemnify
the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under
the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We and each of our directors, executive officers and principal shareholder have
agreed to restrictions on our ability to sell additional shares of our common
stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We have agreed
not to directly or indirectly offer, pledge, sell, offer for sale, contract to
sell, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise issue or dispose of any
shares of our common stock or any options to purchase or acquire shares of
common stock, without the prior written consent of U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray.
The agreements provide exceptions for our sales in connection with the exercise
of stock options granted and the granting of options to purchase shares under
our existing stock option plans in the ordinary course of business. However,
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray may, in its sole discretion and at any time without
notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to the lock-up
agreements. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no agreements between
the U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray and any of our shareholders providing consent by
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray to the sales of shares of common stock prior to the
expiration of the lock-up period.

Prior to the offering, there has been no established trading market for the
common stock. The initial public offering price for the shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus was negotiated by us and the


                                       62
<PAGE>   66


underwriters. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering
price include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we
compete, our past and present operations, our historical results of operations,
our prospects for future earnings, the recent market prices of securities of
generally comparable companies and the general condition of the securities
markets at the time of the offering and other relevant factors. There can be no
assurance that the initial public offering price of the common stock will
correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public
market subsequent to this offering or that an active public market for the
common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

To facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and
after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise
create a short position in the common stock for their own account by selling
more shares of common stock than have been sold to them by us. The underwriters
may elect to cover any such short position by purchasing shares of common stock
in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to the
underwriters. In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price
of the common stock by bidding for or purchasing shares of common stock in the
open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling
concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating
in the offering are reclaimed if shares of common stock previously distributed
in the offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization
transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize
or maintain the market price of the common stock at a level above that which
might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may
also affect the price of the common stock to the extent that it discourages
resales of the common stock. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or
other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the
Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at
any time.

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the public offering price, up to
_______________ shares of common stock in the offering for our employees,
directors and certain other individuals. Purchases of the reserved shares would
reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. The
underwriters will offer any reserved shares which are not so purchased to the
general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this offering
circular. The underwriters are aware of the "Free-Riding and Withholding"
Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers in connection
with the sale of certain issuer-directed securities and will comply with those
rules.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus and other legal
matters will be passed upon for us by Jones & Keller, P.C., Denver, Colorado.
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for
the underwriters by Faegre & Benson LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

                                     EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus as of December 31, 1998
and December 31, 1997, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 1998, have been included in this Prospectus in reliance upon the
report of Clifton Gunderson L.L.C., independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, and upon the authority of that firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the
Internet at the SEC's web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy
any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 450
Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center,


                                       63
<PAGE>   67


500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. You can also
obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public
Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation
of the public reference facilities. Our SEC filings are also available at the
office of the Nasdaq National Market and the American Stock Exchange. For
further information on obtaining copies of our public filings at the Nasdaq
National Market, you should call 212-656-5060. For the same information from the
American Stock Exchange, you should call 212-306-1460.

We have filed a registration statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the common
stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all
of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to
the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever
we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or
other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should
refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the
actual contracts, agreement or other document. Copies of the registration
statement together with its exhibits may be inspected at the office of the
Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C., without charge and
copies of it may be obtained upon paying a fee. The registration statement may
also be reviewed on the SEC's web site.


                                       64

<PAGE>   68
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Independent Auditor's Report...................................................................................F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1999 (unaudited) and

   December 31, 1998 and 1997..................................................................................F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998

   (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996............................................F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the nine months ended

   September 30, 1999 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.........................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1999 and 1998

   (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996............................................F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................................F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>   69




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors
FirsTier Corporation
Northglenn, Colorado

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of FirsTier Corporation and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FirsTier Corporation
and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                    Clifton Gunderson L.L.C.

Denver, Colorado
January 29, 1999, except as to Note 18
   for which the date is September 15, 1999



                                      F-2

<PAGE>   70






                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           1997            1998           1999
                                                                         ---------      ---------     -------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
Cash and due from banks ............................................     $  10,427      $  13,892      $  26,975
Interest bearing deposits in other banks ...........................           149              3             --
Federal funds sold .................................................        11,310         13,270          2,500
Investment securities:
Available-for-sale, at fair value ..................................        15,470         27,082         39,361
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, fair value of $13,125
  in 1997, $7,250 in 1998 and $6,336 in 1999 (unaudited) ...........        13,042          7,146          6,154
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
        Total investment securities ................................        28,512         34,228         45,515
Loans held for sale ................................................         4,182          5,193          2,948
Gross loans receivable: ............................................       166,059        290,875        517,549
   Less: unearned loan fees ........................................          (432)          (886)        (1,706)
      allowance for loan losses ....................................        (1,321)        (2,187)        (4,364)
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
Net loans receivable ...............................................       164,306        287,802        511,479
Premises and equipment, net ........................................         5,117          8,308         10,437
Preferred securities issuance cost, net ............................            --             --          1,092
Other assets .......................................................         3,597          4,511          7,198
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
      TOTAL ASSETS .................................................     $ 227,600      $ 367,207      $ 608,144
                                                                         =========      =========      =========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
   Demand non-interest bearing .....................................     $  32,238      $  44,653      $  56,184
   Demand interest bearing .........................................        12,558         14,919         18,586
   Time ............................................................       155,498        259,908        441,696
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
      Total deposits ...............................................       200,294        319,480        516,466
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase .....................         2,072          5,080         20,268
Note payable .......................................................         3,380          8,790         11,750
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ..................................         1,000          8,650          8,593
Other liabilities ..................................................         3,283          3,818          3,739
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
      Total liabilities ............................................       210,029        345,818        560,816
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries .....................           660            683             --
Company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities
   of subsidiary trust holding solely Junior Subordinated Debentures            --             --         23,000

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and
   outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and September 30, 1999
   (unaudited) .....................................................            --             --             --
Common stock, 50,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and
   outstanding: 7,346,673 at December 31, 1997 and 1998; 7,579,667
   at September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ...............................           837            837          1,520
Retained earnings ..................................................        16,085         19,460         22,904
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ......................           (11)           409            (96)
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
Total stockholders' equity .........................................        16,911         20,706         24,328
                                                                         ---------      ---------      ---------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY .........................     $ 227,600      $ 367,207      $ 608,144
                                                                         =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>


    These consolidated financial statements should be read only in connection
       with the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>   71
                       FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
          AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ---------------------------------------------      ----------------------------
                                                       1996             1997              1998             1998            1999
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Interest income:
   Loans, including fees ......................     $     5,686      $    13,860      $    24,160      $    16,808      $    29,820
   Taxable investment securities ..............           1,273            1,173            1,153              775            1,340
   Nontaxable investment securities ...........             506              447              500              369              390
   Dividends on investment securities .........              19               47               71               56               36
   Federal funds sold .........................             417              690              855              707              546
   Other interest .............................               7               46               15               --               --
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total interest income ...................           7,908           16,263           26,754           18,715           32,132
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Interest expense:
   Deposits ...................................           2,959            6,986           11,884            8,185           14,265
   Federal funds purchased ....................              11               45               23                8               60
   Securities sold under agreements to
     repurchase ...............................             150              113              120               75              157
   Note payable ...............................              --              113              299              182              150
   Trust preferred securities .................              --               --               --               --            1,360
   Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ..........              --              224              428              305              392
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
        Total interest expense ................           3,120            7,481           12,754            8,755           16,384
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Net interest income ...........................           4,788            8,782           14,000            9,960           15,748
Provision for loan losses .....................              15              140            1,090              180            2,174
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Net interest income after provision for loan
  losses ......................................           4,773            8,642           12,910            9,780           13,574
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Non-interest income:
Fees for customer services ....................             627              761            1,015              726            1,431
Net gains from sale of loans ..................             232              625            1,036              716              672
Commissions and fees from brokerage activities               15               29              220              133              248
Investment securities transactions, net .......             196               --               (4)              (3)              --
Other operating income ........................             181              293              573              409              402
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total non-interest income ...............           1,251            1,708            2,840            1,981            2,753
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Non-interest expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits ................           1,950            3,296            5,489            3,545            5,851
Net occupancy expense of premises .............             464              989            1,616            1,107            1,620
Purchased services ............................             327              842            1,342              906            1,324
Office supplies ...............................             137              182              318              233              347
Minority interest in income of consolidated
  subsidiaries ................................             184              101              111               93               --
Other operating expenses ......................             687            1,134            1,783            1,159            1,910
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
      Total non-interest expenses .............           3,749            6,544           10,659            7,043           11,052
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Income before income tax expense ..............           2,275            3,806            5,091            4,718            5,275
Income tax expense ............................             705            1,309            1,716            1,765            1,825
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
NET INCOME ....................................     $     1,570      $     2,497      $     3,375      $     2,953      $     3,450
                                                    ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
   Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising
     during the period ........................     $      (159)     $        52      $       646      $         6      $      (774)
Income tax (expense) benefit related to items
  of other comprehensive income ...............              56              (19)            (226)              (2)             263
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
Other comprehensive income, net of tax ........            (103)              33              420                4             (511)
                                                    -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ..........................     $     1,467      $     2,530      $     3,795      $     2,957      $     2,939
                                                    ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
Income per share:
   Basic and diluted earnings per share .......     $      0.24      $      0.36      $      0.46      $      0.40      $      0.46

   Weighted average shares outstanding ........       6,559,529        7,018,696        7,346,673        7,346,673        7,527,891
</TABLE>


    These consolidated financial statements should be read only in connection
        with the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>   72



                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
              AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 ACCUMULATED
                                                                                                    OTHER
                                                                   COMMON        RETAINED       COMPREHENSIVE
                                                                    STOCK        EARNINGS       INCOME (LOSS)       TOTAL
                                                                 ----------    ------------     -------------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1996...................................    $      205    $     12,018      $       59    $     12,282
   Net income for the year...................................            --           1,570              --           1,570
   Net changes in other comprehensive income (loss)..........            --              --            (103)           (103)
                                                                 ----------    ------------      ----------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1996.................................           205          13,588             (44)         13,749
   Net income for the year...................................            --           2,497              --           2,497
   Issuance of 787,143 shares in exchange
      for minority shares of FirsTier Bank ..................           632              --              --             632
   Net changes in other comprehensive income.................            --              --              33              33
                                                                 ----------    ------------      ----------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1997.................................           837          16,085             (11)         16,911
   Net income for the year...................................            --           3,375              --           3,375
   Net changes in other comprehensive income.................            --              --             420             420
                                                                 ----------    ------------      ----------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1998................................           837          19,460             409          20,706
   Net income for the period (unaudited).....................            --           3,450              --           3,450
   Issuance of 232,994 shares in exchange for
      minority shares of Firstate Bank (unaudited)...........           683              (6)              6             683
   Net changes in other comprehensive income (loss)
     (unaudited).............................................            --              --            (511)           (511)
                                                                 ----------    ------------      ----------    ------------
Balance at September 30, 1999 (unaudited)....................    $    1,520    $     22,904      $      (96)   $     24,328
                                                                 ==========    ============      ==========    ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-5



<PAGE>   73



                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
          AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            ---------------------------------------      ------------------------
                                                               1996          1997           1998           1998            1999
                                                            -----------    ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income .........................................     $   1,570      $   2,497      $   3,375      $   2,953      $   3,450
      Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
        provided by operating activities:
      Provision for loan losses .......................            15            140          1,090            180          2,177
      Provision for losses on other real estate owned .            --             76             25             --             --
      Depreciation and amortization ...................           189            426            709            493            873
      Net gains from sale of loans ....................          (232)          (625)        (1,036)          (716)          (672)
      Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale .......         7,471         27,225         50,175         40,660         44,190
      Origination of loans held for sale ..............        (8,221)       (29,800)       (50,150)       (41,074)       (41,273)
      Investment securities transactions, net .........          (196)            --              4              3            283
      Increase in minority interest in consolidated
        subsidiaries ..................................            89             23             23              2             --
   Changes in deferrals and accruals:
      Other assets ....................................           107           (449)          (947)          (545)        (1,188)
      Other liabilities ...............................           247          3,375            310            740         (1,792)
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities .....         1,039          2,888          3,578          2,696          6,048
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold ......        (6,805)         1,710         (1,960)        (1,170)        10,770
   Net (increase) decrease in interest bearing deposits
     in other banks ...................................             5            (50)           146            143              3
   Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale        (2,224)        (1,643)      (129,237)       (90,942)       (71,081)
   Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity .        (2,892)          (765)          (513)            --           (127)
   Proceeds from sale of investment securities
     available-for-sale ...............................         3,065            250         29,996         30,154             --
   Proceeds from maturities/paydowns of investment
     securities .......................................         5,065          6,681         94,679         44,956         59,127
   Net increase in loans ..............................       (23,112)       (67,275)      (125,348)       (83,267)      (225,854)
   Expenditures for bank premises and equipment .......          (252)        (2,466)        (3,835)        (2,734)        (2,950)
   Proceeds from sale of other real estate ............            --            256            705             --            162
   Purchase of savings bank, net of $3,897 of cash
     and due from banks acquired ......................            --            154             --             --             --
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
        Net cash used in investing activities .........       (27,150)       (63,148)      (135,367)      (102,860)      (229,950)
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net increase in deposits ...........................        23,347         71,936        119,186         93,750        196,986
   Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under
     agreements to repurchase .........................         3,963         (5,941)         3,008            516         15,188
   Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank ...............            --          1,000          8,650          7,500             --
   Payments on Federal Home Loan Bank advances ........            --         (6,800)        (1,000)            --            (57)
   Proceeds from note payable .........................            --          3,380          6,940          3,850         11,750
   Payments on note payable ...........................            --             --         (1,530)        (1,430)        (8,790)
   Proceeds from trust preferred securities ...........            --             --             --             --         23,000
   Debt issuance cost .................................            --             --             --             --         (1,092)
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
        Net cash provided by financing activities .....        27,310         63,575        135,254        104,186        236,985
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Net increase in cash and due from banks ...............         1,199          3,315          3,465          4,022         13,083
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period ........         5,913          7,112         10,427         10,427         13,892
                                                            ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Cash and due from banks at end of period ..............     $   7,112      $  10,427      $  13,892      $  14,449      $  26,975
                                                            =========      =========      =========      =========      =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the period for:
      Interest ........................................     $   2,978      $   5,028      $  12,287      $   8,631      $  17,682
      Income taxes ....................................           671          1,137          2,025          1,444          2,004
Noncash transactions:
   Conversion of loans to other real estate owned .....            10            197            761            761             91
   Issuances of shares for minority interests of
      consolidated subsidiaries .......................            --            632             --             --            683
</TABLE>

    These consolidated financial statements should be read only in connection
        with the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>   74



                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NATURE OF OPERATIONS.

FirsTier Corporation (the "Company") was incorporated for the purposes of owning
shares of and acting as the parent holding company for Firstate Bank (the
"Nebraska Bank") and FirsTier Bank (the "Colorado Bank") (collectively referred
to as the "Banks"). The Banks provide a full range of banking services to
individual and corporate customers principally in the front range of Colorado
and the west and central Nebraska areas. A majority of the Company's loans are
related to real estate and commercial activities. The Company is subject to
competition from other financial institutions for loans and deposit accounts.
The Company and the Banks are also subject to regulation by certain governmental
agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory agencies. As more
fully described in Note 18, the Company changed its name in 1999 from First
Western Corp. to FirsTier Corporation.

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION AND USE OF ESTIMATES.

The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. In preparing the financial statements,
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets
and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses
for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in
the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In
connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management
obtains independent appraisals for significant properties and assesses estimated
future cash flows from borrowers' operations and the liquidation of loan
collateral.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While
management uses available information to estimate future loan losses, changes in
economic conditions may necessitate revisions in future years. In addition,
various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review the Banks' allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may
require the Banks to make additional loan loss provisions based on their
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its respective subsidiaries. The Company currently owns 100% of the Colorado
Bank (having acquired the minority interest in a May 1997 exchange of stock) and
First Mortgage Bancorp. At December 31, 1998, the Company owned 91.4% of the
Nebraska Bank. In the first quarter of 1999, the Company acquired 100% of the
Nebraska Bank as described in Note 18. In connection with the issuance of the
preferred securities as more fully described in Note 18, the Company formed FW
Capital I, a wholly owned subsidiary, in November 1998. Prior to the issuance of
the preferred securities described in Note 18, FW Capital I had no assets nor
operations. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.

CASH EQUIVALENTS.

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company has defined cash
equivalents as those amounts included in the balance sheet caption "Cash and due
from banks."



                                      F-7
<PAGE>   75

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


INVESTMENT SECURITIES.

Management determines the classification of debt securities at the time of
purchase. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Banks have
the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.
Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost.

Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with
the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a component of
stockholders' equity.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity is adjusted
for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity or, in the
case of mortgage-backed securities, over the estimated life of the security.
Such amortization and accretion is included as an adjustment to interest income
from investments. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be
other-than-temporary are included in investment securities transactions, net in
the consolidated statements of income. The cost of securities sold is based on
the specific identification method.

LOANS HELD FOR SALE.

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are
carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net
unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to
income.

LOANS RECEIVABLE.

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the
foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their
outstanding principal, adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan
losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans.

Loan fees which represent adjustments to interest yield are deferred and
amortized over the estimated life of the loan. Most of the loans originated by
the Company are short-term.

The accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in management's
opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due. When
interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed.
Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are
received. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected
future cash flows discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. As
a practical matter, impairment may be measured based on the loan's observable
market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded
investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a valuation
allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses
charged to income. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when
management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely or,
with respect to consumer installment loans, according to an established
delinquency schedule. The allowance is an amount that management believes will
be adequate to absorb losses inherent in existing loans and commitments to
extend credit, based on evaluations of the collectibility and prior loss
experience of loans and commitments to extend credit. The evaluations take into
consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio,
overall portfolio quality, loan concentrations, specific problem loans and
commitments, and current and anticipated economic conditions that may affect the
borrowers' ability to pay.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>   76

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT.

Premises, including leasehold improvements and equipment, are stated at cost.
Depreciation is provided for in amounts sufficient to charge the cost of
depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives, principally
on the straight-line method.

OTHER REAL ESTATE.

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be
sold and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure
establishing a new cost basis. After foreclosure, management periodically
performs valuations and the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less cost to sell. Other real estate is carried in other
assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Revenue and expense from operations
and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses.

INCOME TAXES.

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the
current year (after exclusion of non-taxable income such as interest on state
and municipal securities) and deferred taxes on temporary differences between
the amount of taxable income and pretax financial income and between the tax
bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated
financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the
consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates
applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are
expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for
income taxes.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS.

Intangible assets are included in other assets in the consolidated balance
sheets. Such intangible assets consist of goodwill arising from the February
1997 acquisition of a financial institution. The goodwill is being amortized on
a straight-line basis over a period of fifteen years from the date of purchase.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," (SFAS No. 130)
in June 1997. SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income (as defined) in a full set of general-purpose financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 requires classification of items of other comprehensive
income by their nature in a financial statement and display of the accumulated
balance of other income by their nature in a financial statement and display of
the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income separately from retained
earnings in the equity section of the consolidated balance sheet. The Company
has only one item of other comprehensive income and has elected to report
comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of income, with
reclassification of 1997 and 1996 amounts.

PER SHARE COMPUTATIONS.

Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during each period presented. The Company has no
dilutive-potential common shares and therefore basic earnings per share equal
diluted earnings per share.

OPERATING SEGMENTS.

The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," (SFAS No.
131) effective January 1, 1998. This statement establishes


                                      F-9
<PAGE>   77

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

standards for reporting information about segments in annual and interim
financial statements. SFAS No. 131 introduces a new model for segment reporting
called "management approach." The management approach is based on the way the
chief operating decision-maker organizes segments within a company for making
operating decisions and assessing performance. Reportable segments are based on
products and services, geography, legal structure, management structure and any
other segments into which management disaggregates a company. Based on the
"management approach" model, the Company has determined that its business is
comprised of a single operating segment and that SFAS No. 131 therefore has no
impact on its consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 - ACQUISITIONS

In February 1997, the Company acquired 100% of First Northern Holdings, L.T.D.
and the remaining 18.5% minority interest not then owned by it in First Northern
Savings Bank, Greeley, Colorado. The purchase price, approximately $3.8 million,
was paid in cash. The excess purchase price over the fair value of the net
assets acquired (goodwill) of $966,000 is being amortized over a fifteen-year
period from the date of purchase. Both locations of First Northern Savings Bank
immediately became branches of the Colorado Bank and added approximately $33
million in assets to the Company.

In May 1997, the Company exchanged 787,143 shares of its common stock for the
18.2% of the Colorado Bank that it did not then own. Individuals already
affiliated with the Company owned such minority shares. No goodwill was
recognized in connection with this transaction.

Following their respective acquisition dates, the Company included the results
of operations of both of the above-indicated acquisitions in its consolidated
statement of income.

NOTE 3 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

At December 31, 1997, the Company had securities with the following amortized
cost and estimated fair values:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      GROSS        GROSS
                                        AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
                                           COST       GAINS       LOSSES    FAIR VALUE
                                        ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY
- ---------------------------
U.  S.  Treasury & agency securities     $ 5,807     $    --     $    21      $ 5,786
State and political securities .....       7,235         104          --        7,339
                                         -------     -------     -------      -------
Total securities held-to-maturity ..     $13,042     $   104     $    21      $13,125
                                         =======     =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   78

                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      GROSS        GROSS
                                        AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
                                           COST       GAINS       LOSSES    FAIR VALUE
                                        ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
- -----------------------------
U. S. Treasury & agency securities....   $12,028     $    --     $    42       $11,986
State and political securities........     1,587          24          --         1,611
Other bonds...........................       200           1          --           201
Equity securities.....................     1,672          --          --         1,672
                                         -------     -------     -------       -------
  Total securities available-for-sale.   $15,487     $    25     $    42       $15,470
                                         =======     =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>



At December 31, 1998, the Company had securities with the following amortized
cost and estimated fair values:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      GROSS        GROSS
                                        AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
                                           COST       GAINS       LOSSES    FAIR VALUE
                                        ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY
- ---------------------------
State and political securities........   $ 7,146     $   104     $    --      $ 7,250
                                         -------     -------     -------      -------
Total securities held-to-maturity.....   $ 7,146     $   104     $    --      $ 7,250
                                         =======     =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      GROSS        GROSS
                                        AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED  UNREALIZED   ESTIMATED
                                           COST       GAINS       LOSSES    FAIR VALUE
                                        ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
- -----------------------------
U. S. Treasury & agency securities....   $23,080     $     33    $    28      $23,085
State and political securities........     2,136           92         --        2,228
Other bonds...........................        21            2         --           23
Equity securities.....................     1,216          530         --        1,746
                                         -------     --------    -------      -------
Total securities available-for-sale...   $26,453     $    657    $    28      $27,082
                                         =======     ========    =======      =======
</TABLE>


The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31,
1998, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities will differ
from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or
prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           HELD-TO-MATURITY      AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------
                                        AMORTIZED   ESTIMATED   AMORTIZED   AMORTIZED
                                           COST     FAIR VALUE     COST     FAIR VALUE
                                        ---------   ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Due in one year or less.............     $    --     $    --     $10,788      $10,780
Due after one year through five
  years.............................       3,372       3,403      10,281       10,364
Due after five years through ten
  years.............................         945         961       3,019        3,024
Due after ten years.................       2,829       2,886       1,149        1,168
                                         -------     -------     -------      -------
      Total debt securities.........     $ 7,146     $ 7,250     $25,237      $25,336
                                         =======     =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>


Securities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December
31, 1997 and 1998, with an amortized cost of $14,071,044 and $16,720,792,
respectively, are pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other
purposes as required or permitted by law.

Gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of securities
available-for-sale respectively were $212,107 and $15,747 in 1996. In 1997,
gross realized losses of $37 on sales of securities available-for-sale were
recognized. Gross realized losses of $4,205 on sales of securities
available-for-sale were recorded in 1998.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>   79

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)



At September 30, 1999 (unaudited), the Company had securities with the following
amortized cost and estimated fair values:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AMORTIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                                     COST       FAIR VALUE
                                                                  ---------     ----------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>
SECURITIES HELD-TO-MATURITY
- ---------------------------
    State and political securities ..........................     $  6,154       $ 6,200
                                                                  --------       -------
        Total securities held-to-maturity ...................     $  6,154       $ 6,200
                                                                  ========       =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AMORTIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                                     COST       FAIR VALUE
                                                                  ---------     ----------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>
SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
- -----------------------------
    U. S. Treasury & agency securities.......................    $  35,471       $34,925
    State and political securities...........................        2,435         2,428
    Equity securities........................................        1,600         2,008
                                                                 ---------       -------
        Total securities held-to-maturity....................    $  39,506       $39,361
                                                                 =========       =======
</TABLE>


NOTE 4 - LOANS RECEIVABLE

The components of the loan portfolio are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1997             1998            1999
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>            <C>
Commercial, financial and agricultural................................     $      41,500    $     51,990   $      79,781
Construction..........................................................            37,235          85,782         120,525
Real estate...........................................................            79,499         141,955         301,834
Installment loans to individuals......................................             7,693          11,057          15,312
Other   ..............................................................               132              91              97
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
        Gross loans receivable........................................           166,059         290,875         517,549
Less unearned loan fees...............................................              (432)           (886)         (1,706)
Less allowance for loan losses........................................            (1,321)         (2,187)         (4,364)
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
        Net loans receivable..........................................     $     164,306    $    287,802   $     511,479
                                                                           =============    ============   =============
</TABLE>


The Company had no loans involving foreign activities (borrowers outside the
United States) outstanding at December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998 or September
30, 1999 (unaudited).

Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           NINE MONTHS
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   ENDED
                                                        ----------------------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             1996             1997           1998              1999
                                                        --------------    -------------  -------------    --------------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>
Balance, at beginning of period......................   $          767    $         851  $       1,321    $        2,187
    Provision for loan losses........................               15              140          1,090             2,174
    Allowance from acquired savings bank.............               --              277             --                --
    Recoveries.......................................               91              111            174                40
    Loans charged off................................              (22)             (58)          (398)              (37)
                                                        --------------    -------------  -------------    --------------
        Balance, at end of period....................   $          851    $       1,321  $       2,187    $        4,364
                                                        ==============    =============  =============    ==============
</TABLE>



                                      F-12
<PAGE>   80

                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

The components of impaired loans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1997             1998            1999
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>            <C>
Outstanding principal balance of accruing loans having
    payments delinquent more than 90 days.......... ..................     $     744        $      288      $     550
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been
    discontinued or reduced...........................................           484               635            705

</TABLE>

The average investments in impaired loans were $329,000, $1,138,000 and $954,000
(unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 1997, and 1998, and the nine
month period ended September 30, 1999, respectively. Interest income on impaired
loans recognized for cash payments received during these years was not
significant. The amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired
loans at December 31, 1997, 1998 and September 30, 1999 (unaudited) was not
significant.

The Company is not committed to lend funds to debtors whose loans have been
modified.

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1997             1998            1999
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>            <C>
Cost:
    Building and improvements.........................................     $   3,593        $    4,523     $   5,254
    Leasehold improvements............................................           446               771         1,123
    Equipment.........................................................         2,378             3,782         5,238
    Land..............................................................           844             1,966         2,417
                                                                           ---------        ----------     ---------
        Total cost....................................................         7,261            11,042        14,032
Less accumulated depreciation.........................................        (2,144)           (2,734)       (3,595)
                                                                           ---------        ----------     ---------
          Net book value..............................................     $   5,117        $    8,308     $  10,437
                                                                           =========        ==========     =========
</TABLE>


NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

At December 31, 1998, the scheduled remaining maturities of time deposits are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DEPOSIT CATEGORY
                                                                            ---------------------
                                                                             UNDER       $100,000
                                                                            $100,000     OR MORE       TOTAL
                                                                            --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Three months or less ..................................................     $ 35,150     $ 12,373     $ 47,523
Over three months through twelve months................................       73,697       21,192       94,889
Over one year through three years .....................................       63,692       10,421       74,113
Over three years ......................................................        1,180           --        1,180
No stated maturity ....................................................           --           --       42,203
                                                                            --------     --------     --------
      Total time deposits .............................................     $173,719     $ 43,986     $259,908
                                                                            ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>


At September 30, 1999 (unaudited), the scheduled remaining maturities of time
deposits are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DEPOSIT CATEGORY
                                                                            ---------------------
                                                                             UNDER      $100,000
                                                                            $100,000     OR MORE       TOTAL
                                                                            --------     --------     --------
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Three months or less ..................................................     $ 26,185     $ 14,367     $ 40,552
Over three months through twelve months................................      133,030       35,196      168,226
Over one year through three years .....................................      125,101       26,365      151,466
Over three years ......................................................        2,806          203        3,009
No stated maturity ....................................................           --           --       78,443
                                                                            --------     --------     --------
Total time deposits ...................................................     $287,122     $ 76,131     $441,696
                                                                            ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-13
<PAGE>   81

                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

NOTE 7 - SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature one day from the
transaction date. The securities underlying the repurchase agreements are held
by an agent of the Banks and are under the control of the Banks.

NOTE 8 - NOTE PAYABLE

The Company maintained a revolving line of credit with the National Bank of
Commerce in the amount of $10,000,000 at December 31, 1998. The outstanding
balance at December 31, 1997 and 1998 was $3,380,000 and $8,790,000,
respectively. At September 30, 1999 (unaudited) the outstanding balance was
$11,750,000 of a $15,000,000 total line. The repayment schedule requires
semi-annual interest payments with the principal due at the maturity date, June
30, 2002. Interest is calculated at 250 basis points over the like "CMT"
treasury which was a total of 7.76% at December 31, 1998. The note is secured by
100% of the outstanding common stock of the Colorado Bank and 91% of the
outstanding common stock of the Nebraska Bank, and is guaranteed by a principal
stockholder of the Company. The loan agreement also calls for the Company to
maintain the following financial ratios:

Maintain or cause each of its bank subsidiaries to maintain:

         (i)  for the Company, not less than a 6.5% tangible equity
              capital-to-assets ratio; and

         (ii) for each of its subsidiary banks, not less than a 6.0% tangible
              equity capital-to-assets ratio.

NOTE 9 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS

As of December 31, 1998, the Banks had available lines of credit totaling
$9,414,000 with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) secured by FHLB capital stock
and qualifying first mortgage residential loans. The advances outstanding at
December 31, 1997, 1998 and September 30, 1999, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         OUTSTANDING
                                                          BALANCE AT      OUTSTANDING
                                                         DECEMBER 31,     BALANCE AT
                                           INTEREST   -----------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             RATE      1997       1998       1999
                                           --------   ------     ------  -------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Maturity date of advance:
November 23, 1998 ............              5.900%    $1,000     $   --     $   --
February 2, 2001 .............              5.740%        --      2,500      2,500
January 31, 2003 .............              5.810%        --      5,000      5,000
December 1, 2008 .............              5.572%        --      1,150      1,093
                                                      ------     ------     ------
    Total advances outstanding                        $1,000     $8,650     $8,593
                                                      ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>



NOTE 10 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONTINGENT
          LIABILITIES

The Banks are parties to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of their customers.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and stand-by
letters of credit.

Those instruments involve, to a varying degree, elements of credit risk in
excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract
amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Banks have in
particular classes of financial instruments.

The Banks' exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other
party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and stand-by
letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount


                                      F-14
<PAGE>   82
                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


of those instruments. The Banks use the same credit policies in making
commitments and conditional obligations as they do for on-balance-sheet
instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1997             1998            1999
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>
Commitments to extend credit......................................         $      56,010    $    118,843    $   195,969
Stand-by letters of credit........................................                 2,139           3,799          9,917
</TABLE>


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of a condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being
drawn upon or be participated to other financial institutions, the total
commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The
Banks evaluate each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.

The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Banks upon
extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation. Collateral held
varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and
equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk
involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved
in extending loan facilities to customers.

In the normal course of business there are outstanding various contingent
liabilities, such as claims and legal actions, which are not reflected in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management believes, based on
consultation with counsel, that liabilities arising from these proceedings, if
any, will not be material to the Company's consolidated financial position.

NOTE 11 - LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Colorado Bank leases various branch office and ATM equipment space under
noncancelable operating leases. At December 31, 1998, future minimum lease
payments under these leases, expiring at various dates through 2008 are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Year Ending December 31,
    1999 .................................................................    $       551
    2000 ..................................................................           527
    2001 ..................................................................           510
    2002 ..................................................................           524
    2003 ..................................................................           529
    Thereafter.............................................................         2,072
                                                                              -----------
         Total future lease payments.......................................   $     4,713
                                                                              ===========
</TABLE>


Total lease expense for all operating leases was $169,359, $241,866 and
$346,665, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences
between financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and the tax
rates in effect when these differences are expected to reverse.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>   83

                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


Temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and
financial reporting purposes resulted in net deferred tax assets as of December
31, 1997 and 1998, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997     1998
                                                             ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Deferred tax assets:
    Provision for loan losses ...........................     $ 13     $199
    Depreciation ........................................      133      133
    Net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale         6       --
                                                              ----     ----
       Total deferred tax assets ........................      152      332
Deferred tax liabilities:
    Net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale       --      220
                                                              ----     ----
       Net deferred tax assets ..........................     $152     $112
                                                              ====     ====
</TABLE>



The effective income tax rate varies from the statutory federal rate because of
several factors, the most significant being nontaxable interest income earned on
obligations of state and political subdivisions. The following table reconciles
the Company's effective tax rate to the statutory federal rate:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996                     1997                  1998
                                                    ------------------     --------------------   --------------------
                                                    AMOUNT     PERCENT       AMOUNT     PERCENT     AMOUNT     PERCENT
                                                    ------     -------     ---------    -------   ---------    -------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Tax expense at statutory rate.....................  $  773      34.0%      $   1,294     34.0%    $   1,731     34.0%
   Increase (decrease) in taxes due to:
      Tax exempt municipal interest................   (167)     (7.3)%          (142)    (3.7)%        (152)    (3.0)%
      State tax....................................     17       0.7%             81      2.1%          162      3.2%
      Other........................................     82       3.6%             76      2.0%          (25)    (0.5)%
                                                    ------      ------     ---------     ------   ---------     ------
Total income tax expense..........................  $  705      31.0%      $   1,309     34.4%    $   1,716     33.7%
                                                    ======      ======     =========     ======   =========     ======
</TABLE>


The consolidated provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------------------------
                                               1996       1997          1998
                                             -------     -------      -------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>
Current tax provision:
    Federal ............................     $   679     $ 1,191      $ 1,656
    State ..............................          26         123          246
                                             -------     -------      -------
        Total current tax provision ....         705       1,314        1,902
Deferred federal tax ...................          --          (5)        (186)
                                             -------     -------      -------
        Total provision for income taxes     $   705     $ 1,309      $ 1,716
                                             =======     =======      =======
</TABLE>


NOTE 13 - RELATED PARTIES

The Company has sold loan participations to related parties (stockholders,
directors, family members and businesses related through common ownership). At
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, the participations sold to related parties
were approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively. As
of September 30, 1999 (unaudited), there were no participations sold to related
parties.

In accordance with the terms of management agreements, the Company and each of
its three subsidiaries purchase services from Western Management Corporation, a
corporation owned by a principal stockholder. Such agreements are annually
renewable and are on terms that the Company believes would be similar to those
obtained from an unaffiliated party. The purchased services include strategic
planning, tax planning and budgeting, business development and marketing.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>   84
                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

Amounts expensed by the Company and its subsidiaries are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
       -------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
         1996       1997         1998         1999
       --------    -------     -------  -----------------
                                           (UNAUDITED)
      <S>          <C>         <C>           <C>
       $  145.5    $ 167.0     $ 180.5       $ 118.8
</TABLE>


In 1995, the then Vice Chairman of the Company sold assets of a mortgage company
to the Company for a purchase price of $100,000 to be paid out of future profits
generated by mortgage operations relating to those assets. Through December 31,
1998, payments under the terms of this agreement totaled $100,000. The Company
believes that this transaction was made on terms similar to those that would
have been obtained with an unaffiliated party.

The Company had no loans outstanding to related parties at December 31, 1997,
December 31, 1998 or September 30, 1999 (unaudited).

NOTE 14 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company participates in a multiple-employer 401(k) profit sharing plan
involving other companies of its primary shareholder. The plan is available for
all Company personnel who have been employed for at least one year. Employees
may contribute up to 10% of their compensation with the Company's discretionary
matching within the limits defined for a 401(k) plan.

Contributions in 1996, 1997 and 1998 were $15,817, $19,341 and $37,478,
respectively.

NOTE 15 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following summary presents the methodologies and assumptions used to
estimate the fair value of the Company's financial instruments. The Company
operates as a going concern and, except for its investment portfolio, no active
market exists for its financial instruments. Much of the information used to
determine fair value is highly subjective and judgmental in nature and,
therefore, the results may not be precise. The subjective factors include, among
other things, estimates of cash flows, risk characteristics, credit quality and
interest rates, all of which are subject to change. Since the fair value is
estimated as of the balance sheet date, the amounts which will actually be
realized or paid upon settlement or maturity of the various financial
instruments could be significantly different.

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS IN OTHER BANKS AND FEDERAL
FUNDS SOLD.

For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES.

For investment securities, fair value equals quoted market price, if available.
If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted
market prices for similar securities. The carrying amount of accrued interest
receivable approximates its fair value.

LOANS.

The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash
flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers
with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. For variable
rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. For
loans where


                                      F-17
<PAGE>   85
                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

collections of principal are in doubt, an allowance for losses has been
estimated. Loans with similar characteristics were aggregated for purposes of
the calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable
approximates its fair value.

DEPOSITS.

The fair value of interest bearing deposits with no stated maturity is the
amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e. their carrying amount). The
fair value of fixed maturity interest bearing deposits is estimated using a
discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for
deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued
interest payable approximates its fair value.

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE.

For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying amount is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.

OTHER BORROWINGS.

The fair value of other borrowings is estimated by discounting the future cash
flows using the current rate at which a similar loan could be financed.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND STAND-BY LETTERS OF CREDIT.

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to
enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the
agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparts. For fixed-rate
loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current
levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of
credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the
estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the
counterparts at the reporting date.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>   86
                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company's financial
instruments as of December 31, 1997 and 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1997                     1998
                                                               ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                               CARRYING    ESTIMATED     CARRYING    ESTIMATED
                                                                AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE     AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE
                                                              --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ..................................     $ 10,427     $ 10,427     $ 13,892     $ 13,892
Interest bearing deposits
    in other banks .......................................          149          149            3            3
Federal funds sold .......................................       11,310       11,310       13,270       13,270
Investment securities:
    Securities held-to-maturity ..........................       13,042       13,125        7,146        7,250
    Securities available-for-sale ........................       15,470       15,470       27,082       27,082
Loans held for sale ......................................        4,182        4,182        5,193        5,193
Net loans ................................................      164,306      164,051      287,802      287,349
Accrued interest receivable ..............................        2,272        2,272        2,902        2,902

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits:
    Non-interest bearing .................................       32,238       32,238       44,653       44,653
    Interest bearing .....................................      168,056      168,186      274,827      272,881
Securities sold under agreements
    to repurchase ........................................        2,072        2,072        5,080        5,080
Note payable .............................................        3,380        3,380        8,790        8,790
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ........................        1,000        1,000        8,650        8,758
Accrued interest payable .................................        2,770        2,770        3,348        3,348

UNRECOGNIZED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Commitments to extend credit .............................       56,010       56,010      118,843      118,843
Stand-by letters of credit ...............................        2,139        2,139        3,799        3,799
</TABLE>


NOTE 16 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

The payment of dividends to the Company by the subsidiaries is subject to
various state and federal regulatory limitations.

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional
discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. Under
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action, the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance
sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and
the Banks' capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy
require the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table
below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average
assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 1998 and September
30, 1999 (unaudited), that the Banks meet all minimum capital adequacy
requirements to which they are subject.



                                      F-19
<PAGE>   87
                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


As of December 31, 1998, the most recent notification, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation categorized the Nebraska Bank as well capitalized, and the
Colorado Bank as adequately capitalized, under the regulatory framework for
prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, a bank must
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios
as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that
notification that management believes have changed either Bank's category,
except as described in Note 18.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     TO BE WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                 FOR CAPITAL        UNDER PREOMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                                              ADEQUACY PURPOSES         ACTION PROVISIONS
                                                             ACTUAL          -------------------    ------------------------
                                                        ------------------                RATIO                    RATIO
                                                         AMOUNT      RATIO     AMOUNT     > OR =     AMOUNT        > OR =
                                                        --------     -----   ---------    ------    --------       ------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>      <C>            <C>     <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 17,997     9.74%   $  14,788      8%      $ 18,485         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     16,676     9.02        7,394      4         11,091          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     16,676     7.53        8,861      4         11,076          5

COLORADO BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 12,472     9.10%   $  10,959      8%      $ 13,698         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     11,855     8.65        5,479      4          8,219          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     11,855     7.66%       6,191      4          7,739          5

NEBRASKA BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $  8,278    17.55%   $   3,773      8%      $  4,716         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........      7,687    16.30        1,887      4          2,830          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................      7,687    11.65        2,640      4          3,300          5
</TABLE>

 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     TO BE WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                 FOR CAPITAL        UNDER PREOMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                                              ADEQUACY PURPOSES         ACTION PROVISIONS
                                                             ACTUAL          -------------------    ------------------------
                                                        ------------------                RATIO                    RATIO
                                                         AMOUNT      RATIO     AMOUNT     > OR =     AMOUNT        > OR =
                                                        --------     -----   ---------    ------    --------       ------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>     <C>            <C>     <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 22,564     7.22%  $  25,009       8%      $ 31,262         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     20,139     6.44      12,504       4         18,757          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     20,139     5.70      14,137       4         17,670          5

COLORADO BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 22,165     8.53%  $  20,780       8%      $ 25,976         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     20,828     8.02      10,390       4         15,585          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     20,828     7.39      11,275       4         14,094          5

NEBRASKA BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $  8,546    16.31%  $   4,192       8%      $  5,240         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........      7,889    15.05       2,096       4          3,144          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................      7,889    11.08       2,848       4          3,559          5
</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>   88



                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     TO BE WELL CAPITALIZED
                                                                                 FOR CAPITAL        UNDER PREOMPT CORRECTIVE
                                                                              ADEQUACY PURPOSES         ACTION PROVISIONS
                                                             ACTUAL          -------------------    ------------------------
                                                        ------------------                RATIO                    RATIO
                                                         AMOUNT      RATIO     AMOUNT     > OR =     AMOUNT        > OR =
                                                        --------     -----   ---------    ------    --------       ------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>      <C>            <C>     <C>              <C>
CONSOLIDATED
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 51,179     9.30%   $  44,021       8%     $ 55,026         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     31,508     5.73       22,010       4        33,015          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     31,508     5.64       22,347       4        27,934          5

COLORADO BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $ 50,186    10.32%   $  38,897       8%     $ 48,621         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........     46,697     9.60       19,448       4        29,172          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................     46,697     9.70       19,257       4        24,071          5

NEBRASKA BANK
    Total capital to risk weighted assets............   $  8,677    14.36%   $   4,833       8%     $  6,041         10%
    Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets...........      7,920    13.11        2,416       4         3,625          6
    Tier 1 capital to average assets.................      7,920    10.78        2,939       4         3,674          5
</TABLE>

The Federal Reserve Board requires banks to maintain reserve balances composed
of cash on hand and balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank. These
reserve balances are based primarily on deposit levels and totaled approximately
$708,000 and $1,071,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

NOTE 17 - YEAR 2000 UNCERTAINTIES

Like most entities, the Company and its subsidiaries may be exposed to risks
associated with year 2000 dating problems. This problem affects computer
software and hardware; transactions with customers, vendors, and other entities;
and equipment dependent on microchips. As of September 30, 1999 (unaudited), the
Company has completed the process of identifying and remediating potential year
2000 problems. It is not possible for any entity to guarantee the results of its
own remediation efforts or to accurately predict the impact of year 2000 dating
problems on third parties with which the Company does business. If remediation
efforts of the Company or third parties with which it does business are not
successful, it is possible the year 2000 dating problem could negatively impact
the Company's consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED SECURITIES (UNAUDITED).

On February 16, 1999, the Company completed the issuance of 2,300,000 of Company
obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trust
holding solely junior subordinated debentures. The preferred securities have
been structured to qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. However,
the securities cannot be used to constitute more than 25% of the Company's total
Tier 1 capital according to regulatory requirements. The Company utilized a
portion of the proceeds of this issuance to inject additional capital into the
Colorado Bank. The additional capital resulted in the Colorado Bank being "well
capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action at
September 30, 1999.

ACQUISITION OF MINORITY SHARES (UNAUDITED).

In the first quarter of 1999, the Company exchanged 232,994 shares of its common
stock for the 8.6% of the Nebraska Bank that it did not own at the time.
Individuals already affiliated with the Company owned such minority shares. As
the Company and its four shareholders at the time of the exchange owned 99.6% of
the Nebraska Bank and the remaining 0.4% was owned by other employees of the
Company, it was determined by the boards of both entities that a book value
exchange ratio represented a fair value for all parties. The fair value
determined for this transaction was $683,000. No goodwill was recognized in
connection with this transaction.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>   89



                      FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)


CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING.

On September 15, 1999, the Company reorganized as a Colorado corporation and
changed its name to FirsTier Corporation. As a result of the reorganization, the
Company's common stock and surplus accounts have been combined and the Company's
shares have been split 52.48 for one. All share and per share amounts contained
in these financial statements have been restated for this reorganization.

1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN (UNAUDITED).

On September 15, 1999, the Company adopted the FirsTier Corporation 1999 Stock
Incentive Plan to provide incentives for eligible persons including employees,
non-employee directors and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries. The
total number of Company shares to be issued under this plan shall not exceed
1,700,000 shares. Incentive awards may be granted by the Company's Board of
Directors under this plan. To date, all stock options granted permit the holder
to purchase, under certain limitations, the Company's common stock at a price
not less than 100% of the market value of the stock on the date the option was
granted. These options terminate, contingent upon continued employment and other
factors, approximately 10 years from the date of grant. At the time of the
initial adoption of the plan, 500,000 shares were granted under this plan to an
eligible person. The exercise price per share is $12.00 per share.

NOTE 19 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--PARENT COMPANY ONLY

The following presents the condensed parent company only financial statements
for FirsTier Corporation.

                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1997             1998            1999
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>
ASSETS:
Cash    ..............................................................     $          16    $         15   $         180
Investment in subsidiaries............................................            20,523          29,925          56,686
Note receivable from non-bank subsidiary..............................                --              --           2,450
Other assets..........................................................             1,173           2,025           3,400
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
      Total assets....................................................     $      21,712    $     31,965   $      62,716
                                                                           =============    ============   =============
LIABILITIES:
Note payable..........................................................     $       3,380    $      8,790   $      35,461
Income taxes payable..................................................             1,309           2,118           2,188
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities..............................               112             351             739
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
      Total liabilities...............................................             4,801          11,259          38,388
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock..........................................................               837             837           2,065
Retained earnings.....................................................            16,085          19,460          22,359
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).........................               (11)            409             (96)
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
      Total stockholders' equity......................................            16,911          20,706          24,328
                                                                           -------------    ------------   -------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................     $      21,712    $     31,965   $      62,716
                                                                           =============    ============   =============
</TABLE>




                                      F-22
<PAGE>   90

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

                         CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       --------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                           1996           1997            1998             1998          1999
                                                       ------------   -------------   -------------    -----------   -----------
                                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>
Income:

   Dividends received from subsidiaries..............  $        890   $         937    $        994    $       996   $     1,454
   Interest..........................................            26               5              --             --           125
   Other.............................................            --              --               2             --            --
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
      Total income...................................           916             942             996            996         1,579
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
Expenses:
   Purchased services................................             2             294             294            219           232
   Interest..........................................            --             113             299            182         1,552
   Other.............................................            26              27              27              9            41
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
      Total expenses.................................            28             434             620            410         1,825
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
Income before income tax expense
   (benefit) and equity in
   undistributed income of subsidiaries..............           888             508             376            586          (246)
Income tax expense (benefit).........................           (10)              2            (401)          (170)         (569)
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
Income before equity in undistributed
   income of subsidiaries............................           898             506             777            756           323
Equity in undistributed income of
   subsidiaries......................................           672           1,991           2,598          2,197         3,127
                                                       ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------   -----------
Net income...........................................  $      1,570   $       2,497    $      3,375    $     2,953   $     3,450
                                                       ============   =============    ============    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-23




<PAGE>   91

                     FIRSTIER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      (TABLE DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          --------------------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                              1996           1997            1998             1998         1999
                                                          ------------   -------------   -------------    -----------  -----------
                                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income......................................     $      1,570   $       2,497    $      3,375    $     2,953  $     3,450
        Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
        cash provided by operating activities:
        Equity in undistributed income of
        subsidiaries.................................             (672)         (1,991)         (2,598)        (2,197)      (3,127)
     Changes in deferrals and accruals:
        Other assets.................................             (208)           (501)           (852)          (212)        (283)
        Income taxes payable.........................              205             639             809            274          163
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.....               --             112             239            341          294
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
          Net cash provided by operating activities..              895             756             973          1,159          497
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital injection into subsidiary bank..........               --          (3,737)         (6,550)        (3,750)     (22,750)
     Capital injection into trust subsidiary.........               --              --              --             --         (711)
     Purchase of savings bank........................               --          (3,743)             --             --           --
     Net cash transfers with First
        Mortgage Bancorp.............................           (1,146)          2,799             166            165       (2,450)
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
          Net cash used in investing activities......           (1,146)         (4,681)         (6,384)        (3,585)     (25,911)
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from note payable......................               --           3,380           6,940          3,850       11,750
     Payments on note payable........................               --              --          (1,530)        (1,430)      (8,790)
     Proceeds from junior subordinated
        notes issued to trust subsidiary.............               --              --              --             --       23,711
     Debt issuance cost..............................               --              --              --             --       (1,092)
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
          Net cash provided by financing activities..               --           3,380           5,410          2,420       25,579
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash......................             (251)           (545)             (1)            (6)         165
Cash at beginning of period..........................              812             561              16             16           15
                                                          ------------   -------------    ------------    -----------  -----------
Cash at end of period................................     $        561   $          16    $         15    $        10  $       180
                                                          ============   =============    ============    ===========  ===========
</TABLE>



            This information is an integral part of the accompanying
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>   92


                                     SHARES

                              FIRSTIER CORPORATION

                                  COMMON STOCK



                                     [LOGO]














                               -------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               -------------------



                           U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY

                          KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

                                     , 2000



<PAGE>   93


                                     PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 24.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Directors, officers, employees and agents of FirsTier and/or its banks may be
entitled to benefit from the indemnification provisions contained in the
Colorado Business Corporation Act, Title Seven of the Colorado Revised Statutes
(the "CBCA") and FirsTier's articles of incorporation. In addition, certain
provisions in the CBCA and the articles of incorporation limit the liability of
directors. The general effect of these provisions is summarized below:

Article 109 of the CBCA permits a Colorado corporation to indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any suit, action or
other proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, or other enterprise. Such indemnification may be
against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and other amounts
in connection with such proceeding. Indemnification is available if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that the
conduct was unlawful. Unless a court of competent jurisdiction otherwise orders,
indemnification is not available in connection with a proceeding by or in the
right of the corporation if the person is adjudged liable to the corporation or
derived an improper personal benefit. A corporation is required to indemnify a
director or officer who is wholly successful in the defense of any such
proceeding. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation in defending any such proceeding
may be advanced by the corporation before the final disposition if such person
furnishes an undertaking to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined
that such person is not entitled to be indemnified. Before a corporation may
indemnify or advance expenses to a person under these provisions, the board of
directors (excluding any directors who are parties to such a proceeding),
independent legal counsel appointed by the board of directors, or the
shareholders must provide authorization. A corporation may purchase insurance
against any liability of individuals for whom the corporation may provide such
indemnification. Any provisions in a corporation's articles of incorporation,
bylaws, resolutions or in a contract (except an insurance policy) for such
indemnification are valid only to the extent not inconsistent with Article 109
of the CBCA.

Section 7-108-402 of the CBCA permits a corporation, if so provided in the
articles of incorporation, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a
director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty. However, such a provision cannot eliminate or limit such
liability arising out of a breach of the director's duty of loyalty, acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing
violations of law, unlawful distributions, or any transaction for which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. Article X of the articles of
incorporation of the Company provides for such elimination of director
liability.

ITEM 25.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

<TABLE>

<S>                                                       <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee ...   $   11,352
NASD fee ..............................................        4,793
Nasdaq Stock Market fees ..............................       80,000
Legal fees and expenses ...............................      140,000
Accounting fees and expenses ..........................       30,000
Printing expenses .....................................       80,000
Blue sky fees and expenses ............................        1,000
Transfer agent fees ...................................       10,000
Miscellaneous expenses ................................       42,855
                                                          ----------
         Total ........................................   $  400,000
                                                          ==========
</TABLE>

All of the above items except the registration fee are estimated.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>   94

ITEM 26.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In May 1997, FirsTier issued 787,143 shares of its common stock to Joel H.
Wiens, Michael J. Nelson, Max W. Revell and Timothy D. Wiens, as custodian for
two of his minor children, in exchange for an 18.2% equity interest in Firstate
Bank of Colorado, which is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Registrant. All
of the purchasers were directors and/or officers of FirsTier. No underwriters
were involved in the transaction and the issuance was made in a transaction
exempt from the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 under
Section 3(a)(9) and Section 4(2) thereof. Reliance on the exemption was based on
the fact that the transaction was limited to the Registrant and its executive
officers and directors.

In March 1999, FirsTier exchanged 232,994 shares of its common stock for the
8.6% of its Nebraska bank that it did not then own. The minority shares were
owned by five persons who were officers or directors of FirsTier or its Nebraska
bank. No underwriters were involved in the transaction and the issuance was made
in a transaction exempt from the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act
of 1933 under Section 3(a)(9) and Section 4(2) thereof. Reliance on the
exemption was based on the fact that the transaction was limited to the
Registrant and its executive officers and directors and officers or directors of
its Nebraska bank.

Prior to September 1999, the Registrant was incorporated in Nebraska under the
name First Western Corp. The Registrant redomesticated in Colorado under the
name FirsTier Bancorp, Inc. pursuant to a statutory merger. The Registrant later
changed its name to FirsTier Corporation. The Registrant exchanged 7,579,667
shares of its Common Stock to the seven founding shareholders of First Western
Corp. in connection with the redomestication of First Western Corp. from
Nebraska to Colorado. No underwriters were involved in the transaction and no
commission or other remuneration was paid or given directly or indirectly for
soliciting the exchange and the issuance was made in a transaction exempt from
the requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 under Section
3(a)(9) and Section 4(2) thereof. The transaction was limited to the Registrant
and its seven founding shareholders, all of whom are executive officers and/or
directors of the Registrant, or are controlled by such persons or are directors
of the Registrant's Nebraska bank.



                                      II-2

<PAGE>   95




ITEM 27.  EXHIBITS

(a) Exhibits

EXHIBIT NO.               DESCRIPTION

  1.1             Form of Purchase Agreement (3).

  3.1             Articles of Incorporation of FirsTier Corporation, as amended
                  (2).

  3.2             Bylaws of FirsTier Corporation (2).

  4.1             Form of Subordinated Indenture dated February 15, 1999 between
                  the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as Indenture
                  Trustee (1).

  4.2             Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture (included as an exhibit
                  to Exhibit 4.1).

  4.3             Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of FW Capital I,
                  dated February 15, 1999 (1).

  4.4             Form of Preferred Security Certificate of FW Capital I
                  (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.5).

  4.5             Form of Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (1).

  5.1             Opinion of Jones & Keller, P.C. (3).

  10.1            Revolving Line of Credit dated February 19, 1998 between
                  FirsTier as borrower and National Bank of Commerce Trust and
                  Savings Association (1).

  10.2            Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement dated October 21, 1997
                  between Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Firstate Bank
                  (1).

  10.3            Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement dated March 31, 1997
                  between Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Firstate Bank of
                  Colorado (1).

  10.4            Line of Credit agreement signed February 24, 1998 between
                  Firstate Bank of Colorado and Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka
                  (1).

  10.5            Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement between Firstate Bank
                  and Wells Fargo Bank (1).

  10.6            Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement dated August 25, 1998
                  between Firstate Bank of Colorado and Bankers Bank of the West
                  (1).

  10.7            Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement dated October 20, 1997
                  between Firstate Bank and Bankers Bank of the West (1).

  10.8            Management Agreement between FirsTier and Western Management
                  Corporation dated January 21, 1997 (1).

  10.9            Management Agreement between Firstate Bank of Colorado and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 4, 1993 (1).

  10.10           Management Agreement between Firstate Bank of Nebraska and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 21, 1998 (1).

  10.11           Management Agreement between First Mortgage Bancorp and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 21, 1997 (1).


                                      II-3

<PAGE>   96




  10.12           Electronic Data Processing Agreement between First Commerce
                  Technologies and Firstate Bank dated May 8, 1998 (1).

  10.13           Electronic Data Processing Agreement between First Commerce
                  Technologies and Firstate Bank of Colorado dated April 14,
                  1998 (1).

  10.14           1999 Incentive Plan (2).

  10.15           Lease dated July 27, 1999 between JMT, LLC and FirsTier (2).

  10.16           Form of Lockup Agreement (2).

  11.1            Statement re Computation of per share earnings - see
                  Consolidated Financial Statements.

  21              Subsidiaries of the Registrant (2).

  23.1            Consent of Clifton Gunderson L.L.C. (2).

  24.1            Power of Attorney - see Signature Page hereof.

- ----------

(1) Filed with the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, SEC File No. 333-67107,
    on November 13, 1998.
(2) Filed herewith.
(3) To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 28.  UNDERTAKINGS

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant under the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission the
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
the liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by the
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether the indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
the issue.


                                      II-4

<PAGE>   97


THE REGISTRANT HEREBY UNDERTAKES THAT:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933,
the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under
the Securities Act will be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of
the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of the securities at that time will be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>   98


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Northglenn, State of Colorado, on this 21st day of
December, 1999.

                                      FirsTier Corporation

                                      By: /s/ Timothy D.  Wiens
                                         --------------------------------------
                                          Timothy D. Wiens, President

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below
hereby constitutes and appoints Joel H. Wiens and Timothy D. Wiens and each of
them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of
substitution and resubstitution for him in his name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC,
granting upon said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in their capacities of
FirsTier Corporation and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURES                   TITLE                                    DATE
- ----------                   -----                                    -----
<S>                          <C>                                  <C>
/s/ Timothy D. Wiens
- -----------------------      Director, President and Chief        December 21, 1999
Timothy D. Wiens             Executive Officer (Principal
                             Executive Officer)
/s/ Joel H. Wiens
- -----------------------      Director and Chairman                December 21, 1999
Joel H. Wiens

/s/ Michael J. Nelson
- -----------------------      Director                             December 21, 1999
Michael J. Nelson

/s/ Ronald B. James
- -----------------------      Treasurer and Chief Financial        December 21, 1999
Ronald B. James              Officer (Principal Accounting
                             Officer)

</TABLE>


                                      II-6

<PAGE>   99




                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

EXHIBIT NO.              DESCRIPTION
- -----------              -----------
<S>               <C>
3.1               Articles of Incorporation of FirsTier Corporation, as amended
                  (2).

3.2               Bylaws of FirsTier Corporation (2).

4.1               Form of Subordinated Indenture dated February 15, 1999 between
                  the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company, as Indenture
                  Trustee (1).

4.2               Form of Junior Subordinated Debenture (included as an exhibit
                  to Exhibit 4.1).

4.3               Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of FW Capital I,
                  dated February 15, 1999 (1).

4.4               Form of Preferred Security Certificate of FW Capital I
                  (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.5).

4.5               Form of Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (1).

10.1              Revolving Line of Credit dated February 19, 1998 between
                  FirsTier as borrower and National Bank of Commerce Trust and
                  Savings Association (1).

10.2              Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement dated October 21, 1997
                  between Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Firstate Bank
                  (1).

10.3              Advance, Pledge and Security Agreement dated March 31, 1997
                  between Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and Firstate Bank of
                  Colorado (1).

10.4              Line of Credit agreement signed February 24, 1998 between
                  Firstate Bank of Colorado and Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka
                  (1).

10.5              Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement between Firstate Bank
                  and Wells Fargo Bank (1).

10.6              Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement dated August 25, 1998
                  between Firstate Bank of Colorado and Bankers Bank of the West
                  (1).

10.7              Federal Funds Purchased Line agreement dated October 20, 1997
                  between Firstate Bank and Bankers Bank of the West (1).

10.8              Management Agreement between FirsTier and Western Management
                  Corporation dated January 21, 1997 (1).

10.9              Management Agreement between Firstate Bank of Colorado and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 4, 1993 (1).

10.10             Management Agreement between Firstate Bank of Nebraska and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 21, 1998 (1).
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   100


<TABLE>

<S>               <C>
10.11             Management Agreement between First Mortgage Bancorp and
                  Western Management Corporation dated January 21, 1997 (1).

10.12             Electronic Data Processing Agreement between First Commerce
                  Technologies and Firstate Bank dated May 8, 1998 (1).

10.13             Electronic Data Processing Agreement between First Commerce
                  Technologies and Firstate Bank of Colorado dated April 14,
                  1998 (1).

10.14             1999 Incentive Plan (2).

10.15             Lease dated July 27, 1999 between JMT, LLC and FirsTier (2).

10.16             Form of Lockup Agreement (2).

11.1              Statement re Computation of per share earnings - see
                  Consolidated Financial Statements.

21                Subsidiaries of the Registrant (2).

23.1              Consent of Clifton Gunderson L.L.C. (2).

24.1              Power of Attorney - see Signature Page hereof.
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Filed with the Registration Statement on Form SB-2, SEC File No. 333-67107,
    on November 13, 1998.
(2) Filed herewith.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                             FIRSTIER BANCORP, INC.

                          -----------------------------

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                     TO THE
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                          -----------------------------

         FIRSTIER BANCORP, INC., A COLORADO CORPORATION, IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 7-110-106 OF THE COLORADO BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT ("CBCA"), HEREBY
ADOPTS AND FILES ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, AND
SETS FORTH THE FOLLOWING:

         1. NAME. THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION IS FIRSTIER BANCORP, INC.

         2. NAME CHANGE. THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION ARE HEREBY AMENDED BY
DELETING IN ITS ENTIRETY ARTICLE I AND SUBSTITUTING IN LIEU THEREOF THE
FOLLOWING NEW ARTICLE I:

                                    ARTICLE I

         THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION SHALL BE FIRSTIER CORPORATION.

         3. ADOPTION. THIS AMENDMENT WAS ADOPTED BY THE UNANIMOUS WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS OF THE CORPORATION ON
NOVEMBER 12,1999 IN CONFORMITY WITH THE CBCA.

         DATED: NOVEMBER 12, 1999            FIRSTIER BANCORP, INC.



                                             BY: /S/ TIMOTHY D. WIENS
                                                --------------------------------
                                                TIMOTHY D. WIENS, PRESIDENT
<PAGE>   2


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             FIRSTIER BANCORP, INC.

         The undersigned natural person of the age of at least eighteen (18)
years, acting as incorporator, hereby establishes a corporation ("Corporation")
pursuant to the provisions of the Colorado Business Corporation Act, and hereby
adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for the Corporation:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                      Name
                                      ----

         The name of the Corporation shall be FirsTier Bancorp, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    Duration
                                    --------

         The period of duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     Purpose
                                     -------

         The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is the transaction
of all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated pursuant to
Colorado law.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     Shares
                                     ------

         The total number of shares of all classes which the Corporation has
authority to issue is 70,000,000 of which 50,000,000 shares shall be Common
Stock, and 20,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

         The designations and the preferences, conversion and other rights,
voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications,
and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each class of stock are
as follows:

                                  COMMON STOCK

         Subject to all of the rights of the Preferred Stock as expressly
provided herein, by law or by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article,
the Common Stock of the Corporation shall possess all such rights and privileges
as are afforded to capital stock by applicable law in the absence of any express
grant of rights or privileges in these Articles of Incorporation, including, but
not limited to, the following rights and privileges:


<PAGE>   3





                  (a) distributions may be declared and paid or set apart for
         payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the
         Corporation legally available for the payment of distributions;

                  (b) the holders of Common Stock shall have the right to vote
         for the election of directors and on all other matters requiring
         stockholder action, each share being entitled to one vote; and

                  (c) upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution
         or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation
         shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock in
         accordance with their respective rights and interests.

                                 PREFERRED STOCK

         The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors as shares of one or more series. The description of shares of each
series of Preferred Stock, including any preferences, conversion and other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions,
qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption shall be as set forth in
resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors and in Articles of Amendment to
State Terms of Series Shares filed as required by law from time to time prior to
the issuance of any shares of such series.

         The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, prior to issuance, by
adopting resolutions providing for the issuance of, or providing for a change in
the number of, shares of any particular series of Preferred Stock and, if and to
the extent from time to time required by law, by filing Articles of Amendment to
State Terms of Series Shares to set or change the number of shares to be
included in each series of Preferred Stock and to set or change in any one or
more respects the designations, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting
powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications, or terms
and conditions of redemption relating to the shares of each such series.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be authorized to
change the right of the Common Stock of the Corporation to vote one vote per
share on all matters submitted for shareholder action. The authority of the
Board of Directors with respect to each series of Preferred Stock shall include,
but not be limited to, setting or changing the following:

                  (a) the distinctive serial designation of such series and the
         number of shares constituting such series (provided that the aggregate
         number of shares constituting all series of Preferred Stock shall not
         exceed 20,000,000);

                  (b) the annual distribution rate on shares of such series,
         whether


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   4


         distributions shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates;

                  (c) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and,
         if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date
         or dates upon and after which such shares shall be redeemable, and the
         amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary
         under different conditions and at different redemption dates;

                  (d) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to redeem or
         repurchase shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund;

                  (e) whether shares of such series shall be convertible into,
         or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes and,
         if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange,
         including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or
         exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;

                  (f) whether the shares of such series shall have voting
         rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so,
         the terms of such voting rights;

                  (g) the rights of the shares of such series in the event of
         voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
         Corporation; and

                  (h) any other relative rights, powers, preferences,
         qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof relating to such
         series which may be authorized or permitted under the Colorado Business
         Corporation Act.

         The shares of Preferred Stock of any one series shall be identical with
each other in all respects except as to the dates from and after which dividends
thereon shall cumulate, if cumulative.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                Cumulative Voting
                                -----------------

         Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in elections of directors or for
any other purpose.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                Preemptive Rights
                                -----------------

         Holders of shares of the Corporation shall have no preemptive rights to
purchase additional shares of the Corporation's stock.



                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   5


                                   ARTICLE VII
                           Registered Office and Agent
                           ---------------------------

         The street address of the Corporation's registered office in Colorado
is:

                  1625 Broadway, Suite 1600
                  Denver, Colorado  80202

         The name of the Corporation's registered agent at the address of the
aforesaid registered office is:

                  Reid A. Godbolt

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                Principal Office
                                ----------------

         The address of the Corporation's principal office is:

                  11210 Huron Street
                  Northglenn, Colorado  80234

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    Directors
                                    ---------

         The affairs of the Corporation shall be governed by a Board of
Directors consisting of not less than one director, with the number of directors
specified in or fixed in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may
be amended from time to time, except as to the number constituting the initial
board which number shall be three.

         The Board of Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, each
class to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The terms of office of
directors of the first class are to expire at the first annual meeting of
shareholders after their election, those of the second class is to expire at the
second annual meeting after their election, and those of the third class is to
expire at the third annual meeting after their election. Thereafter, each
director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting
of shareholders following the annual meeting at which such director was elected.
This divided Board of Directors provision shall not be altered or repealed
without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares
entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors may not amend or
repeal this divided Board of Directors provision.




                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   6


         The initial Board of Directors, divided by class, shall be:

                  Class I                            Michael J. Nelson

                  Class II                           Timothy D. Wiens

                  Class III                          Joel H. Wiens

                                    ARTICLE X
                 Elimination of Personal Liability of a Director
                 -----------------------------------------------

         To the fullest extent permitted by Colorado law, as the same exists or
may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to
the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                          Indemnification of Directors
                          ----------------------------

         The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to directors and
officers of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Colorado law, as
the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                               Voting Requirements
                               -------------------

         The affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the
shares entitled to vote thereupon shall be required for approval or
authorization of any (i) merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into
any other corporation; or (ii) sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to any other corporation,
person or entity; or (iii) the dissolution of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                   Amendments
                                   ----------

         These Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation can only be amended
or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
shares entitled to vote thereon.




                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   7


                                   ARTICLE XV
                                  Incorporator
                                  ------------

         The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation is as
follows:

                  Name                                        Address
                  ----                                        -------

                  Reid A. Godbolt                    1625 Broadway, Suite 1600
                                                     Denver, Colorado  80202

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator has hereunto affixed
his signature on the 9th day of September, 1999.

                                            /s/ Reid A. Godbolt
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Reid A. Godbolt, Incorporator

                           CONSENT OF REGISTERED AGENT

         I hereby consent to my appointment as initial Registered Agent of the
Corporation in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation.

                                            /s/ Reid A. Godbolt
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Reid A. Godbolt, Registered Agent


                                     - 6 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2



                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                              FIRSTIER CORPORATION

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

         SECTION 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the corporation
shall initially be located at 11210 Huron Street, Northglenn, Colorado 80234.
The corporation may change the location of such principal office and may have
such other offices, either within or outside Colorado, as the board of directors
may designate, or as the business of the corporation may require from time to
time.

         SECTION 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT. The address of the
initial registered office of the corporation is 1625 Broadway, Suite 1600,
Denver, Colorado 80202, and the name of the initial registered agent at this
address is Reid A. Godbolt. The registered office and the registered agent may
be changed by the board of directors at any time.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

         SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall
be held on the third Tuesday in May, beginning in the year 2000, at 10:00 a.m.
or at any other time on any other day that shall be fixed by the board of
directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of any
other business that may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual
meeting shall be a legal holiday in Colorado, the meeting shall be held on the
next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not be held on
the day designated in this Section 1 for an annual meeting of the shareholders,
or at any adjournment of the meeting, the board of directors shall cause the
election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter
as may be convenient.

         SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETING. Unless otherwise prescribed by statute,
special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose by the
chairman of the board, the president, the board of directors, or by the holders
of not less than 10% of all outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to
vote at the meeting.

         SECTION 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The board of directors may designate any
place, either within or without Colorado, as the place of meeting for any annual
or special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed
by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place,
either within or without Colorado, as the place for the holding of the meeting.
If no designation is made, or if a special meeting is otherwise called, the
place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Company in the State of
Colorado.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2


         SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice stating the place, day
and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall, unless otherwise prescribed by
statute, be delivered not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of
the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the
chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the officer or other
person authorized to give notice of the meeting, to each shareholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting; except that if the number of authorized shares
are to be increased, at least 30 days' notice shall be given.

         Notice of a special meeting shall include a description of the purpose
or purposes of the meeting. Notice of an annual meeting need not include a
description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting except the purpose or
purposes shall be stated with respect to: (i) an amendment to the articles of
incorporation of the corporation; (ii) a merger or share exchange in which the
corporation is a party and, with respect to a share exchange, in which the
corporation's shares will be required; (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition, other than in the usual and regular course of business, of all or
substantially all of the property of the corporation or of another entity which
this corporation controls, in each case with or without the goodwill; (iv) a
dissolution of the corporation; (v) restatement of the articles of
incorporation; or (vi) any other purpose for which a statement of purpose is
required by the Colorado Business Corporation Act. Notice shall be given
personally or by mail, private carrier, telegraph, teletype, electronically
transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication by or at
the direction of the chairman of the board, the president, the secretary, or the
officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled
to vote at such meeting. If mailed and if in a comprehensible form, such notice
shall be deemed to be given and effective when deposited in the United States
mail, properly addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears in the
corporation's current record of shareholders, with first class postage prepaid.
If notice is given other than by mail, and provided that such notice is in a
comprehensible form, the notice is given and effective on the date actually
received by the shareholder.

         If requested by the person or persons lawfully calling such meeting,
the secretary shall give notice thereof at corporate expense. No notice need be
sent to any shareholder if three successive notices mailed to the last known
address of such shareholder have been returned as undeliverable until such time
as another address for such shareholder is made known to the corporation by such
shareholder. In order to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting, a
shareholder shall advise the corporation in writing of any change in such
shareholder's mailing address as shown on the corporation's books and records.

         When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need
not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place of
such meeting is


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3


announced before adjournment at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which may
have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more
than 120 days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjournment meeting, a
new notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting as of the new record date.

         A shareholder may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time
and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such shareholder. Such waiver
shall be delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records, but
this delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the
waiver. Further, by attending a meeting either in person or by proxy, a
shareholder waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the
meeting unless the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the
holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting because of
lack of notice or defective notice. By attending the meeting, the shareholder
also waives any objection to consideration at the meeting of a particular matter
not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice unless the
shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

         SECTION 5. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment of a meeting, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any
distribution, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other
proper purpose, the board of directors of the corporation may fix in advance a
date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in
any case to be not more than 70 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,
not less than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action,
requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date
is fixed by the directors, the record date shall be the day before the notice of
the meeting is given to shareholders, or the date on which the resolution of the
board of directors providing for a distribution is adopted, as the case may be.
When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
shareholders is made as provided in this Section 5, such determination shall
apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new
record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than
120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. Unless otherwise
specified when the record date is fixed, the time of day for such determination
shall be as of the corporation's close of business on the record date.

         Notwithstanding the above, the record date for determining the
shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting or entitled to be given
notice of action so taken shall be the date a writing upon which the action is
taken is first received by the corporation. The record date for determining
shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting shall be the date of the
earliest of any of the demands pursuant to which the meeting is called.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4


         SECTION 6. SHAREHOLDERS' LIST. The officer or agent having charge of
the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, before each
meeting of shareholders, a complete record of the shareholders entitled to vote
at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting, arranged by voting groups and
within each voting group by class or series, in alphabetical order within each
class or series, with the address of, and the number of shares of each class or
series held by each shareholder. The shareholders' list shall be available for
inspection by any shareholder, beginning the earlier of 10 days before the
meeting for which the list was prepared or two business days after the notice of
the meeting is given and continuing through the meeting, and any adjournment of
the meeting, at the principal office of the corporation or at a place identified
in the notice of the meeting in the city where the meeting will be held. The
shareholders' list shall be subject to inspection on the written demand of any
shareholder and, subject to restrictions of Colorado law, to copy the list
during regular business hours and during the period it is available for
inspection. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as
to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or
to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

         SECTION 7. QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. Except as provided by law, by
the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, one-third of the votes entitled
to be cast on a matter by a voting group represented in person or by proxy,
shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on the matter. In the
absence of a quorum at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, for a period not
to exceed 120 days for any one adjournment. If a quorum is present at such
adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The shareholders present at a
duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal during such meeting of enough shareholders to
leave less than a quorum.

         If a quorum exists, action on a matter other than the election of
directors by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting
group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing
the action, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required
by law or the articles of incorporation.

         SECTION 8. PROXIES. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may
vote by proxy by signing an appointment form or similar writing, either
personally or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A shareholder may also
appoint a proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile,
telegram, teletype, or other electronic transmission providing a written
agreement of the appointment of the proxy, a proxy solicitor, proxy support
service organization, or other person duly authorized by the proxy to receive
appointments as agent for the proxy, or to the corporation. The transmitted
appointment shall set forth or be transmitted with written evidence from



                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5


which it can be determined that the shareholder transmitted or authorized the
transmission of the appointment. The proxy appointment form or similar writing
shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time of
the meeting. The appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the
corporation and is valid for 11 months unless a different period is expressly
provided in the appointment form or similar writing.

         Any complete copy, including an electronically transmitted facsimile,
of an appointment of a proxy may be substituted for or used in lieu of the
original appointment for any purpose for which the original appointment could be
used.

         Revocation of a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to
accept the proxy's authority unless: (i) the corporation had notice that the
appointment was coupled with an interest and notice that such interest is
extinguished is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized
to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the
appointment; or (ii) other notice of the revocation of the appointment is
received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes
before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment. Other notice of
revocation may, in the discretion of the corporation, be deemed to include the
appearance at a shareholders' meeting of the shareholder who granted the proxy
and his voting in person on any matter subject to a vote at such meeting.

         The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not
affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless
notice of the death or incapacity is received by the secretary or other officer
or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority
under the appointment.

         The corporation shall not be required to recognize an appointment made
irrevocable if it has received a writing revoking the appointment signed by the
shareholder (including a shareholder who is a successor to the shareholder who
granted the proxy) either personally or by his attorney-in-fact, notwithstanding
that the revocation may be a breach of an obligation of the shareholder to
another person not to revoke the appointment.

         Subject to Section 10 of this Article II and any express limitation on
the proxy's authority appearing on the appointment form, the corporation is
entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the shareholder
making the appointment.

         SECTION 9. VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share, regardless of
class, shall be entitled to one vote, except in the election of directors, and
each fractional share shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional vote on
each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except to the
extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited
or denied by the Articles of Incorporation as permitted by the Colorado Business
Corporation Act. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted in the election of
directors or for any other purpose.



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6


         At each election of directors, that number of candidates equaling the
number of directors to be elected, having the highest number of votes cast in
favor of their election, shall be elected to the board of directors.

         Except as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction upon a
finding that the purpose of this Section would not be violated in the
circumstances presented to the court, the shares of the corporation are not
entitled to be voted if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second
corporation, domestic or foreign, and the first corporation owns, directly or
indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of the
second corporation except to the extent the second corporation holds the shares
in a fiduciary capacity.

         Redeemable shares are not entitled to be voted after notice of
redemption is mailed to the holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the shares
has been deposited with a bank, trust company or other financial institution
under an irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on
surrender of the shares.

         SECTION 10. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS. If the name
signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment
revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting
in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy
appointment or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the
shareholder. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or
proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a shareholder,
the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the
vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and to
give it effect as the act of the shareholder if: (i) the shareholder is an
entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the
entity; (ii) the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor,
guardian or conservator representing the shareholder and, if the corporation
requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been
presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy
appointment revocation; (iii) the name signed purports to be that of a receiver
or trustee in bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with
respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment
revocation; (iv) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial
owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests,
evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for
the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver,
proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation; (v) two or more persons are
the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be
the name of at least one of the co-tenants or fiduciaries, and the person
signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-tenants or fiduciaries; or
(vi) the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy
appointment


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7


revocation is otherwise proper under rules established by the corporation that
are not inconsistent with this Section 10.

         The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy
appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or other officer or
agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis
for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's
authority to sign for the shareholder.

         Neither the corporation nor its officers nor any agent who accepts or
rejects a vote, consent waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment
revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section 10
is liable in damages for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

         SECTION 11. MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION. Any or all of the
shareholders may participate in an annual or special shareholders' meeting by,
or the meeting may be conducted through the use of, any means of communication
by which all persons participating in the meeting may hear each other during the
meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be
present in person at the meeting.

         SECTION 12. RECOGNITION PROCEDURE FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS. The board of
directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the
corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of
the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account
of a specified person or persons. The resolution may set forth: (i) the types of
nominees to which it applies; (ii) the rights or privileges that the corporation
will recognize in a beneficial owner, which may include rights and privileges
other than voting; (iii) the form of certification and the information to be
contained therein; (iv) if the certification is with respect to a record date,
the time within which the certification must be received by the corporation; (v)
the period for which the nominee's use of the procedure is effective; and (vi)
such other provisions with respect to the procedure as the board deems necessary
or desirable. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certificate complying with
the procedure established by the board of directors, the persons specified in
the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the
certification, to be the registered holders of the number of shares specified in
place of the shareholder making the certification.

                                   ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         SECTION 1. GENERAL POWERS. All corporate powers shall be exercised by
or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall
be managed under the direction of, its board of directors, except as otherwise
provided in the Colorado Business Corporation Act.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8


         SECTION 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors
of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the board
of directors or by a resolution adopted by at least a majority of the
shareholders entitled to vote, but in no instance shall there be less than one
director. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of
shortening the term of any incumbent director. A director shall be a natural
person who is eighteen years of age or older. A director need not be a resident
of Colorado or a shareholder of the corporation.

         The board of directors shall be divided into three classes, each class
to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The terms of office of directors of
the first class are to expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders after
their election, those of the second class is to expire at the second annual
meeting after their election, and those of the third class is to expire at the
third annual meeting after their election. Thereafter, each director shall serve
for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of shareholders
following the annual meeting at which such director was elected.

         Each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been
elected and qualified. Any director may be removed by the holders of not less
than two-thirds of the voting group that elected the director, with or without
cause, at a meeting called for that purpose. The notice of the meeting shall
state that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the
director.

         There shall be a chairman of the board, who has been elected from among
the directors. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the
board of directors. He shall have such other powers and duties as may be
prescribed by the board of directors.

         SECTION 3. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the board of
directors shall be held without notice immediately after, and at the same place
as, the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide, by
resolution, the time and place, either within or without Colorado, for the
holding of additional regular meetings without other notice.

         SECTION 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors
may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the president
or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings
of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without Colorado,
as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by
them.

         SECTION 5. NOTICE OF MEETING. Notice of the date, time and place of any
special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior to the
meeting by written notice either personally delivered or mailed to each director
at his business address, or




                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9


by notice transmitted by private courier, telegraph, telex, electronically
transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication. If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective on the
earlier of: (i) five days after such notice is deposited in the United States
mail, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid; or (ii) the date
shown on the return receipt, if mailed by registered or certified mail return
receipt requested, provided that the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the
director to whom the notice is addressed. If notice is given by telex,
electronically transmitted facsimile or other similar form of wire or wireless
communication, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when
sent, and with respect to a telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be given
and to be effective when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If
a director has designated in writing one or more reasonable addresses or
facsimile numbers for delivery of notice to him, notice sent by mail, telegraph,
telex, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless
communication shall not be deemed to have been given or to be effective unless
sent to such addresses or facsimile numbers, as the case may be.

         A director may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and
date of the meeting by a writing signed by such director. Such waiver shall be
delivered to the secretary for filing with the corporate records, but such
delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver.
Further, a director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any
required notice to him of the meeting unless at the beginning of the meeting, or
promptly upon his later arrival, the director objects to holding the meeting or
transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective
notice and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         SECTION 6. QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors fixed by the
board of directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Article III or, if no number is
fixed, a majority of the number in office immediately before the meeting begins,
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
board of directors, but if less than the majority is present at a meeting, a
majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time
without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.

         SECTION 7. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or
permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors or any committee designated
by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent
(or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all
of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent
shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or
committee members and may be stated as such in



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10


any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date,
action taken under this Section 7 is effective at the time of date the last
director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time,
any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and
received by the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary of the
corporation.

         SECTION 8. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS. The board of directors may
permit any director (or any member of a committee designated by the board) to
participate in a regular or special meeting of the board of directors or a
committee thereof through the use of any means of communication by which all
directors participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. A
director participating in a meeting in this manner is deemed to be present in
person at the meeting.

         SECTION 9. VACANCIES. Any director may resign at any time by giving
written notice to the corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the
time the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a
later effective date. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation,
the corporation's acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make
it effective. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors or in any other manner
permitted by the Colorado Business Corporation Act. If the directors remaining
in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, the directors may fill
the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining
in office. The director shall hold office until the next annual shareholders'
meeting at which directors are elected.

         SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. By resolution of the board of directors, any
director may be paid any one or more of the following: his expenses, if any, of
attendance at meetings, a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting, a stated
salary as director, or such other compensation as the corporation and the
director may reasonably agree upon. No such payment shall preclude any director
from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.

         SECTION 11. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the board of directors or committee of the board at
which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented
to all action taken at the meeting unless: (i) the director objects at the
beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, to the holding of the
meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting and does not thereafter
vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting; (ii) the director
contemporaneously requests that his dissent or abstention as to any specific
action taken be entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) the director
causes written notice of his dissent or abstention as to any specific action to
be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or by
the corporation promptly after the adjournment of the meeting. A director may
dissent to a



                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11


specific action at a meeting while assenting to others. The right to dissent to
a specific action taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of
the board shall not be available to a director who voted in favor of such
action.

         SECTION 12. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES. By resolution adopted by a
majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken, the board of
directors may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or
more other committees, and appoint one or more members of the board of directors
to serve on them. To the extent provided in the resolution, each committee shall
have all the authority of the board of directors, except that no such committee
shall have the authority to: (i) authorize distributions; (ii) approve or
propose to shareholders actions or proposals required by the Colorado Business
Corporation Act to be approved by shareholders; (iii) fill vacancies on the
board of directors or any committee thereof; (iv) amend the Articles of
Incorporation, (v) adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws; (vi) approve a plan of
merger not requiring shareholder approval; (vii) authorize or approve the
reacquisition of shares unless pursuant to a formula or method prescribed by the
board of directors; or (viii) authorize or approve the issuance or sale of
shares, or contract for the sale of shares or determine the designations and
relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares,
except that the board of directors may authorize a committee to do so within
limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors. The committee shall
then have full power within the limits set by the board of directors to adopt
any final resolution setting forth all preferences, limitations and relative
rights of such class or series and to authorize an amendment of the Articles of
Incorporation stating the preferences, limitations and relative rights of a
class or series for filing with the Secretary of State under the Colorado
Business Corporation Act.

         Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 or 11 of this Article III, which govern
meetings, notice, waiver of notice, quorum, voting requirements and action
without a meeting of the board of directors, shall apply to committees and their
members appointed under this Section 12.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

         SECTION 1. GENERAL. The officers of the corporation shall be a chairman
of the board, a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary and a chief
financial officer, each of whom shall be appointed by the board of directors and
shall be a natural person eighteen years of age or older. One person may hold
more than one office. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and
assistant officers, including one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries
and assistant to the chief financial officer, as it may consider necessary.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12


         SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the
corporation shall be appointed by the board of directors at each regular meeting
of the board held immediately after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If
the appointment of officers is not made at such meeting, such appointments shall
be made as determined by the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office
until the first of the following occurs: his successor shall have been duly
appointed and qualified, his death, his resignation, or his removal in the
manner provided in Section 3 of this Article IV. In the event that an officer is
employed by the corporation pursuant to an employment contract duly authorized
and approved by the board of directors, an officer may be appointed for the term
of, and in accordance with the provisions of, such employment contract.

         SECTION 3. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. An officer may resign at any time
by giving written notice of resignation to the corporation. The resignation is
effective when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice
specifies a later effective date.

         Any officer may be removed at any time with or without cause by the
board of directors. Such removal does not effect the contract rights, if any, of
the corporation or of the person so removed. The appointment of an officer shall
not in itself create contract rights.

         SECTION 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office, however occurring, may
be filled by the board of directors. If an officer resigns and his resignation
is made effective at a later date, the board of directors may permit the officer
to remain in office until the effective date and may fill the pending vacancy
before the effective date if the board of directors provide that the successor
shall not take office until the effective date. In the alternative, the board of
directors may remove the officer at any time before the effective date and may
fill the resulting vacancy.

         SECTION 5. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The chairman of the board shall
preside at all meetings of shareholders and of the board of directors. He may
sign and execute all authorized instruments, contracts, or other obligations on
behalf of the corporation. He shall have such other powers and duties as may be
prescribed by the board of directors.

         SECTION 6. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. In the absence of the chairman of
the board, the chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of
shareholders and all meetings of the board of directors. Subject to the
direction and supervision of the board of directors, the chief executive officer
shall have general and active control of its affairs and business and general
supervision of its officers, agents and employees. Unless otherwise directed by
the board of directors, the chief executive officer shall attend in person or by
substitute appointed by him, or shall execute on behalf of the corporation,
written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation
at, all




                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13


meetings of the stockholders of any other corporation in which the corporation
holds any stock. On behalf of the corporation, the chief executive officer may,
in person or by substitute or by proxy, execute written waivers of notice and
consents with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise,
the president, in person or by substitute or proxy, may vote the stock held by
the corporation, execute written consents and other instruments with respect to
such stock, and exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership
of said stock, subject to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors.
The chief executive officer may sign all instruments, contracts and other
obligations which the board of directors has authorized to be executed, and
shall have such additional authority and duties as are appropriate and customary
for the office of chief executive officer, except as the same may be expanded or
limited by the board of directors from time to time.

         SECTION 7. PRESIDENT. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of
Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the
corporation. If an officer other than the President is designated Chief
Executive Officer, the President shall perform such duties as may from time to
time be assigned by the board of directors.

         SECTION 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. If appointed by the board of directors, the
vice presidents shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may
be assigned to them by the president or by the board of directors. In the
absence of the president, the vice president, if any (or, if more than one, the
vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or if the
board makes no such designation, then the vice president designated by the
president, or if neither the board nor the president makes any such designation,
the senior vice president as determined by first election to that office), shall
have the powers and perform the duties of the president.

         SECTION 9. SECRETARY. The secretary shall: (i) prepare and maintain as
permanent records the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and the
board of directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or board
of directors without a meeting, a record of all actions taken by a committee or
the board of directors in place of the board of directors on behalf of the
corporation, and a record of all waivers of notice of meetings of shareholders
and of the board of directors of any committee thereof; (ii) see that all
notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as
required by law; (iii) serve as custodian of the corporate records and of the
seal of the corporation and affix the seal to all documents when authorized by
the board of directors; (iv) keep at the corporation's registered office or
principal office a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders
in a form that permits preparation of a list of shareholders arranged by voting
group and by class or series of shares within each voting group, that is
alphabetical within each class or series and that shows the address of, and the
number of shares of each class or series held by, each shareholder, unless such
a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation's transfer




                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14


agent or registrar; (v) maintain at the corporation's principal office the
originals or copies of the corporation's Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws,
minutes of all shareholders' meetings and records of all action taken by
shareholders without a meeting for the past three years, all written
communications within the past three years to shareholders as a group or to the
holders of any class or series of shares as a group, a list of the names and
business addresses of the current directors and officers, a copy of the
corporation's most recent corporate report filed with the Secretary of State,
and financial statements, if any, showing in reasonable detail the corporation's
assets and liabilities and results of operations for the last three years; (vi)
have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation, unless the
corporation has a transfer agent; (vii) authenticate records of the corporation;
and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary
and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the
chairman of the board, the president or by the board of directors. Assistant
secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to
supervision by the secretary. The directors and/or shareholders may however
respectively designate a person other than the secretary or assistant secretary
to keep the minutes of their respective meetings.

         Any books, records, or minutes of the corporation may be in written
form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a
reasonable time.

         SECTION 10. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The chief financial officer shall
be the principal financial officer of the corporation, shall have the care and
custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal
property of the corporation and shall deposit the same in accordance with the
instructions of the board of directors. Subject to the limits imposed by the
board of directors, he shall receive and give receipts and acquittances for
money paid in on account of the corporation, and shall pay out of the
corporation's funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the
corporation of whatever nature upon maturity. He shall perform all other duties
incident to the office of the chief financial officer and, upon request of the
board, shall make such reports to it as may be required at any time. He shall,
if required by the board, give the corporation a bond in such sums and with such
sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful
performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all
books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his
possession or under his control belonging to the corporation. He shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be
prescribed by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, or the
president. The assistants to the chief financial officer, if any, shall have the
same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the chief financial
officer.

         The chief financial officer shall also be the principal accounting
officer of the corporation, unless otherwise specified by the board of directors
 . He shall prescribe and maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be
followed, keep complete books and records of accounts as required by the
Colorado Business Corporation Act,


                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15



prepare and file all local, state and federal tax returns, prescribe and
maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls and prepare and
furnish to the chairman of the board, the president and the board of directors
statements of accounts showing the financial position of the corporation and the
results of its operations.

         SECTION 11. SALARIES. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from
receiving a salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the
corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V
                           CONTRACTS, LOANS AND CHECKS

         SECTION 1. CONTRACTS. The board of directors may authorize any officer
or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

         SECTION 2. LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by a resolution of the board of directors. Such authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

         SECTION 3. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for
the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the
name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or
agents of the corporation and in the manner that shall from time to time be
determined by resolution of the board of directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                     SHARES

         SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES. The board of directors shall be authorized to
issue any of its classes of shares with or without certificates. The fact that
the shares are not represented by certificates shall have no effect on the
rights and obligations of shareholders. If the shares are represented by
certificates, such shares shall be represented by consecutively numbered
certificates signed, either manually or by facsimile, in the name of the
corporation by the chairman of the board, the president or one or more vice
presidents, and the secretary or an assistant secretary. In case any officer who
has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, such
certificate may nonetheless be issued by the corporation with the same effect as
if he were such officer at the date of its issue. All certificates shall be
consecutively numbered, and the names of the owners, the number of shares, and
the date of issue shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Each
certificate representing shares



                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16


shall state upon its face: (i) that the corporation is organized under the laws
of Colorado; (ii) the name of the person to whom issued; (iii) the number and
class of the shares and the designation of the series, if any, that the
certificate represents; (iv) the par value, if any, of each share represented by
the certificate; (v) a conspicuous statement, on the front or the back, that the
corporation will furnish to the shareholder, on request in writing and without
charge, information concerning the designations, preferences, limitations, and
relative rights applicable to each class, the variations in preferences,
limitations, and rights determined for each series, and the authority of the
board of directors to determine variations for future classes or series; and
(vi) any restrictions imposed by the corporation under the transfer of the
shares represented by the certificate.

         SECTION 2. CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES. Certificated or uncertificated
shares shall not be issued until the shares represented thereby are fully paid.
The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration
consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation,
including cash, promissory notes, services performed or other securities of the
corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment or partial payment for
shares of the corporation. The promissory note of a subscriber or an affiliate
of a subscriber shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of
the corporation unless the note is negotiable and is secured by collateral,
other than the shares being purchased, having a fair market value at least equal
to the principal amount of the note. For purposes of this Section 2, a
"promissory note" means a negotiable instrument on which there is an obligation
to pay independent of collateral and does not include a non-recourse note.

         SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. In case of the alleged loss, destruction
or mutilation of a certificate of stock, the board of directors may direct the
issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in
conformity with law as the board may prescribe. The board of directors may, in
its discretion, require an affidavit of lost certificate and/or a bond in such
form and amount and with such surety as it may determine before issuing a new
certificate.

         SECTION 4. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Upon surrender to the corporation or to
a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, and receipt of such documentary stamps as may be required by law and
evidence of compliance with all applicable securities laws and other
restrictions, the corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person
entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate. Every such transfer of stock
shall be entered on the stock books of the corporation which shall be kept at
its principal office or by the person and at the place designated by the board
of directors.



                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17


         Except as otherwise expressly provided in Sections 10 and 12 of Article
II of these Bylaws, and except for the assertion of dissenters' rights to the
extent provided in the Colorado Business Corporation Act, the corporation shall
be entitled to treat the registered holder of any shares of the corporation as
the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights
deriving from such shares on the part of any person other than the registered
holder, including without limitation any purchaser, assignee or transferee of
such shares or rights deriving from such shares, unless and until such other
person becomes the registered holder of such shares, whether or not the
corporation shall have either actual or constructive notice of the claimed
interest of such other person.

         SECTION 5. TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRARS AND PAYING AGENTS. The board may,
at its discretion, appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents
for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of
the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or
outside Colorado. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled
to such compensation as may be agreed.

         SECTION 6. DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS. As used in this Section 6,
"distribution" means a direct or indirect transfer by the corporation of money
or other property, except its own shares, or incurrence of indebtedness by the
corporation, to or for the benefit of any of its shareholders in respect of any
of its shares. A distribution may be in any form, including a declaration or
payment of a dividend; a purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of shares;
or distribution of indebtedness. The board of directors may authorize, and the
corporation may make, distributions to the shareholders subject to the
limitations set forth in this Section 6. The board of directors may fix in
advance a date as the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a
distribution, other than one involving a purchase, redemption, or other
acquisition of the corporation's shares. If a record date is necessary but no
record date is so fixed in advance, the record date is the date the board of
directors authorizes the distribution.

         No distribution may be made if, after giving it effect: (i) the
corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual
course of business; or (ii) the corporation's total assets would be less than
the sum of its total liabilities plus (unless the Articles of Incorporation
permit otherwise) the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be
dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights
upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those
receiving the distribution. The board of directors may base a determination that
a distribution is not prohibited either on financial statements prepared on the
basis of accounting practices and principles that are reasonable under the
circumstances or on a fair valuation or other method that is reasonable under
the circumstances.

         Except as provided elsewhere in this Section 6, the time for measuring
the effect of a distribution under this Section 6 is: (i) in the case of
distribution by purchase,



                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18


redemption, or other acquisition of the corporation's shares, as of the earlier
of: (A) the date money or other property is transferred or debt is incurred by
the corporation; or (B) the date the shareholder ceases to be a shareholder with
respect to the acquired shares; (ii) in the case of any other distribution of
indebtedness, as of the date the indebtedness is distributed; and (iii) in all
other cases, as of either: (A) the date the distribution is authorized, if the
payment occurs within one hundred twenty days after the date of authorization;
or (B) the date the payment is made, if it occurs more than one hundred twenty
days after the date of authorization.

         Indebtedness of a corporation, including indebtedness issued as a
distribution, is not considered a liability for purposes of determinations under
this Section 6 if its terms provide that payment of principal and interest
thereon are made only if and to the extent that payment of a distribution to
shareholders could then be made under Section 7-106- 401 of the Colorado
Business Corporation Act. If the indebtedness is issued as a distribution, each
payment of principal or interest thereon is treated as a distribution the effect
of which is measured on the date the payment is actually made.

         SECTION 7. SHARE OPTIONS AND OTHER RIGHTS. As used in this Section 7,
"rights" means rights, options, warrants, or convertible securities entitling
the holders thereof to purchase, receive, or acquire shares or fractions of
shares of the corporation or assets or debts or other obligations of the
corporation. The corporation may create and issue rights, except as precluded or
limited by provisions contained in the Articles of Incorporation at the time of
such creation or issuance. The board of directors shall determine the terms upon
which the rights are issued, their form and content, and the consideration, if
any, for which shares or fractions of shares, assets, or debts or other
obligations of the corporation are to be issued pursuant to the rights.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                             INSURANCE AND BENEFITS

         SECTION 1. INSURANCE. By action of the board of directors,
notwithstanding any interest of the directors in the action, the corporation may
purchase and maintain insurance, in such scope and amounts as the board of
directors deems appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or who, while a
director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner,
trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any other foreign or domestic profit or
nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or
nonprofit unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other
enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against, or
incurred by, him in that capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether
or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such
liability under applicable law. Any such insurance may be procured from any
insurance company designated by the board of directors of the corporation,
whether such insurance company is formed under the laws of Colorado or



                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19


any other jurisdiction of the United States or elsewhere, including any
insurance company in which the corporation has an equity interest or any other
interest, through stock ownership or otherwise.

         SECTION 2. BENEFITS. The board of directors shall have authority to
provide for, or to delegate authority to an appropriate committee to provide
for, any and all manner of benefits or payments, however characterized or
described, to directors, officers and employees and to their estates, families,
dependents or beneficiaries on account of services rendered by the directors,
officers and employees to the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 1. SEAL. The board of directors may adopt a corporate seal,
which shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation,
the state of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal".

         SECTION 2. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as
established by the board of directors.

         SECTION 3. AMENDMENTS. The board of directors shall have power, to the
maximum extent permitted by the Colorado Business Corporation Act, to make,
amend and repeal the Bylaws of the corporation at any regular or special meeting
of the board unless the shareholders, in making, amending or repealing a
particular Bylaw, expressly provide that the directors may not amend or repeal
such bylaw. The shareholders also shall have the power to make, amend or repeal
the Bylaws of the corporation at any annual meeting or at any special meeting
called for that purpose.

         SECTION 4. RECEIPT OF NOTICES BY THE CORPORATION. Notices, shareholder
writings consenting to action, and other documents or writings shall be deemed
to have been received by the corporation when they are actually received: (i) at
the registered office of the corporation in Colorado; (ii) at the principal
office of the corporation (as that office is designated in the most recent
document filed by the corporation with the Secretary of State designating a
principal office); (iii) by the secretary of the corporation wherever the
secretary may be found; or (iv) by any other person authorized from time to time
by the board of directors or the president to receive such writings, wherever
such person is found.

         SECTION 5. GENDER. The masculine gender is used in these Bylaws as a
matter of convenience only and shall be interpreted to include the feminine and
neuter genders as the circumstances indicate.

         SECTION 6. CONFLICTS. In the event of any irreconcilable conflict
between these Bylaws and either the corporation's Articles of Incorporation or
applicable law, the latter shall control.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20


         SECTION 7. DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise specifically provided in
these Bylaws, all terms used in these Bylaws shall have the same definition as
in the Colorado Business Corporation Act.

         The foregoing Bylaws are the true and correct Bylaws of FirsTier
Corporation as of September 13, 1999.

                                      /s/ Timothy D. Wiens
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                      Timothy D. Wiens, Chief Executive Officer


                                      -20-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14


                              FIRSTIER CORPORATION

                            1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE

         The purpose of the FirsTier Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive is to
provide incentives and rewards for Employees, non-Employee Directors and
consultants of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (i) to support the execution
of the Corporation's business strategies and the achievement of its goals, (ii)
to associate the interests of Employees, non-Employee Directors and consultants
with those of the Corporation's stockholders, and (iii) to help provide a
competitive compensation program that will enable the Corporation to attract and
retain the highest quality Employees, non-Employee Directors and consultants.

2. DEFINITIONS

         (a) "Award" means individually or collectively Restricted Stock, Stock
Options (including incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code), Stock
Appreciation Rights or Performance Shares granted hereunder.

         (b) "Award Period" means the period of time during which a Stock
Appreciation Right which has not been granted pursuant to an option may be
exercised. The Award Period shall be set forth in the Award Summary issuing the
Stock Appreciation Right to the person granted the Award.

         (c) "Award Summary" means a written summary or agreement setting forth
the terms and conditions of each Award made under this Plan.

         (d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         (e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

         (f) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such
other committee of the Board consisting of at least two members as may be
designated by the Board from time to time to administer this Plan; provided,
however, that no person may serve on the Committee who would not be considered
(i) a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Exchange Act, and (ii) an "outside director" within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code.

         (g) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock of the Corporation.

         (h) "Corporation" means FirsTier Corporation a Colorado corporation.


<PAGE>   2


         (i) "Director" means a non-Employee director of the Corporation. For
purposes of Awards granted pursuant to this Plan, the term "Director" may, at
the discretion of the Board, include directors of Subsidiaries.

         (j) "Eligible Person" or "Eligible Persons" has the meaning assigned to
it in Section 3.

         (k) "Employee" means an employee of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

         (l) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         (m) "Exercise Period" means the period or periods during which a Stock
Appreciation Right is exercisable as described in Section 8(b).

         (n) "Fair Market Value" means the fair market value of the Common Stock
as of the date on which a determination is to be made, as determined by the
Board.

         (o) "Option Period" or "Option Periods" means the period or periods
during which an option is exercisable as described in Section 7(e).

         (p) "Option Price" means the price, expressed on a per share basis, for
which the Common Stock can be acquired by the holder of the option pursuant to
the exercise of such option.

         (q) "Participant" means an Eligible Person who has been granted an
Award under this Plan.

         (r) "Performance Share" is an Award granted under Section 9.

         (s) "Plan" means this FirsTier Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

         (t) "Plan Year" means a twelve-month period beginning with January 1 of
each year.

         (u) "Stock Appreciation Right" is an Award granted under Section 8.

         (v) "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity, whether
domestic or foreign, in which the Corporation has or obtains, directly or
indirectly, a proprietary interest of more than 50% by reason of stock ownership
or otherwise.

3. ELIGIBILITY

         Awards under the Plan may be granted to Employees, Directors and
consultants of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries ("Eligible Person" or
"Eligible Persons"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Plan,
and the Plan only, no person



<PAGE>   3


shall be granted an Award under the Plan unless such person is an Employee,
Director or consultant of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

         Awards may be issued to the same person on more than one occasion.

4. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

         (a) Board of Directors. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation or by the Committee (unless the context otherwise
requires, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or Committee thereof as
provided herein shall be referred to herein as the "Board"). The Board shall
periodically make determinations with respect to the participation of Eligible
Persons in this Plan and, except as otherwise required by law or this Plan, the
grant terms of Awards including vesting schedules, price, length of relevant
performance, restriction or option periods, termination rights, payment
alternatives or other means of payment consistent with the purposes of this
Plan, and such other terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. Awards
may be granted as replacements of Awards outstanding under the Plan or under
previous stock incentive plans maintained by the Corporation.

         (b) Construction. The interpretation and construction by the Board of
any provisions of the Plan, or of any Award granted under it, shall be final. No
member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good
faith with respect to the Plan, option or restricted stock granted under it.

         (c) Indemnification. The Board shall have authority to interpret and
construe the provisions of this Plan and the Award Summaries and make
determinations pursuant to any Plan provision or Award Summary which shall be
final and binding on all persons. No member of the Board shall be liable for any
action or determination made in good faith, and the members shall be entitled to
indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, and to the fullest extent allowed by law.

5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF PLAN

         The stock for which Awards may be granted and which may be sold
pursuant to the Plan shall not, subject to Sections 13 and 15, exceed in the
aggregate 1,700,000 shares of the Corporation's common stock. Such shares may be
authorized and unissued shares or may be issued shares reacquired by the
Corporation. All shares for which an Award is granted under the Plan, which for
any reason are not issued as a result of non-exercise of such Award or
fulfillment of the conditions and terms of such Award, shall be available for
the granting of further Awards under the Plan.

6. AWARDS TO EMPLOYEES UNDER PLAN: RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

         (a) Grants of Shares of Restricted Stock. An award made pursuant to
this


<PAGE>   4


Section 6 shall be granted in the form of shares of common stock, restricted as
provided in this Section 6 ("Restricted Stock"). Shares of Restricted Stock
shall be issued to the Eligible Person upon the payment of consideration as
determined by the Board. The shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued in the
name of the Eligible Person and shall bear a restrictive legend prohibiting
sale, transfer, pledge or hypothecation of the shares of Restricted Stock until
the expiration of the restriction period.

         The Board may also impose such other restrictions and conditions on the
shares of Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate, including but not limited to
requiring the Eligible Person to keep the Restricted Stock certificates, duly
endorsed, in the custody of the Corporation while the restrictions remain in
effect.

         (b) Restriction Period. At the time a Restricted Stock award is made,
the Board may establish a restriction period applicable to such award which
shall not be more than ten (10) years. Each Restricted Stock award may have a
different restriction period, at the discretion of the Board. In addition to or
in lieu of a restriction period, the Board may establish a performance goal
which must be achieved as a condition to the retention of the Restricted Stock.
The performance goal may be based on the attainment of specified types of
performance measurement criteria, which may differ as to various Eligible
Persons or classes or categories of Eligible Persons. Such criteria may include,
without limitation, the attainment of certain performance levels by the Eligible
Person, the Corporation, a department or division of the Corporation and/or a
group or class of Eligible Persons. Any such performance goals, together with
the ranges of Restricted Stock awards for which the Eligible Persons may be
eligible shall be set from time to time by the Board and shall be timely
communicated in writing to the Eligible Persons in advance of the commencement
of the performance of services to which such performance goals relate.

         (c) Forfeiture or Payout of Award. In the event a Participant ceases to
be an Eligible Person during a restriction period, or in the event performance
goals attributable to a Restricted Stock award are not achieved, subject to the
terms of each particular Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock award is
subject to forfeiture of the shares of common stock which had not previously
been removed from restriction under the terms of the award.

         Any shares of Restricted Stock which are forfeited will be transferred
to the Corporation. Any consideration paid by the Eligible Person for the
Restricted Stock shall be returned, without interest, to such Eligible Person
upon forfeiture.

         Upon completion of the restriction period and satisfaction of any
performance-goal criteria, all restrictions upon the award will expire and new
certificates representing the award will be issued or released without the
restrictive legend. As a condition precedent to receipt of the certificates, the
Eligible Person (or the designated



<PAGE>   5


beneficiary or personal representative of the Eligible Person) will agree to
make payment to the Corporation in the amount of any taxes, payable by the
Eligible Person, which are required to be withheld with respect to such shares
of common stock.

7. STOCK OPTIONS

         (a) Grant of Option. One or more options may be granted to any Eligible
Person. Upon the grant of an option to an Eligible Person, the Board shall
specify whether the option is intended to constitute a non-qualified stock
option or an incentive stock option; provided, however, that incentive stock
options may only be issued to persons who are Employees. An incentive stock
option is an option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

         (b) Stock Option Agreement. Each option granted under the Plan shall be
evidenced by a written stock option agreement between the Corporation and the
Eligible Person containing such terms and conditions as the Board determines,
including, without limitation, provisions to qualify Incentive Stock Options as
such under Section 422 of the Code. Such agreements shall incorporate the
provisions of this Plan by reference. The date of granting an option is the date
specified in the written stock option agreement which is signed by the Eligible
Person and the Corporation.

         (c) Exercise Price. The exercise price of the common stock offered to
Employees persons under the Plan by grant of an incentive stock option to
purchase common stock may not be less than the fair market value of the common
stock at the date of grant; provided, however, that the exercise price shall not
be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of
grant in the event an Employee owns 10% or more of the common stock of the
Corporation. The exercise price of the common stock offered to Eligible Persons
under the Plan by grant of a non-qualified stock option may be less than fair
market value of the common stock at the date of grant.

         (d) Term of Options. The terms of each option shall be no more than ten
years from the date of grant as determined by the Board but shall be subject to
earlier termination as subsequently provided; however, if an incentive stock
option is granted to an Employee who, as of the date of grant, owns 10% or more
of the Corporation's Common Stock, the term of the option shall be no more than
five years.

         (e) Schedule For Exercise. Immediately after grant of an option, it may
be exercised (subject to sections (f) and (g) of this Section) on terms and
conditions as the Board shall so determine on the date of grant. The Board may
limit an option by restricting its exercise in whole or in part for specified
periods in its sole discretion.

         (f)  Manner of Exercise

                  (i) Notice to The Corporation. Each exercise of an option
granted shall be made by the delivery by the optionee (or his legal
representative, as the case may


<PAGE>   6


be) of written notice of such election to the Corporation, either in person or
by certified mail to the Corporation's mailing address, stating the number of
shares with respect to which the option is being exercised and specifying a date
on which the shares will be taken and payment made therefor. Such date shall be
at least 30 days after such notice is given.

                  (ii) Issuance of Stock. On the date specified in the notice of
election, the Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the
optionee (or his legal representative, as the case may be), stock certificates
for the number of shares with respect to which the option is being exercised,
against payment therefor. Delivery of the certificate(s) may be made at the
office of the Corporation or at the office of a transfer agent appointed for the
transfer of shares of the Corporation, as the Corporation shall determine.
Shares shall be issued in the name of the optionee (or his legal representative,
as the case may be). No shares shall be issued until full payment therefor shall
have been made by cash or by certified check equal to the exercise price;
provided however, that the Board may adopt customary "cashless exercise"
provisions if deemed appropriate. In the event of a failure on the date stated
to pay for and accept delivery of the certificate(s) representing the full
number of shares specified in the notice of election, the option shall become
inoperative only as to those shares which are not paid for and accepted, but
shall continue with respect to any remaining shares subject to the option as to
which exercise has not yet been made.

         (g)  Purchase of Investment

                  (i) Written Agreement. Unless a registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933 is then in effect with respect to the common stock an
Eligible Person receives upon exercise of his or her option, an Eligible Person
shall acquire the common stock he or she receives upon exercise of the option
for investment and not for resale or distribution, and he or she shall furnish
the Corporation with a written statement to that effect when exercising the
option and a reference to such investment warranty shall be inscribed on the
stock certificate(s).

                  (ii) Registration Requirement. Each option shall be subject to
the requirement that, if at any time the Board determines that the listing,
registration or qualification of the common stock subject to the option upon any
securities exchange or quotation system, or under any state or Federal law is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance of
the common stock thereunder, the option may not be exercised in whole or in part
unless such listing, registration or qualification shall have been effected or
obtained (and the same shall have been free of any conditions not acceptable to
the Board).

         (h) Date of Grant. Each option granted under the Plan, unless otherwise
speci fically indicated, shall be granted as of the date of the Board's
resolution conferring the option ("date of grant").

<PAGE>   7


         (i) Special Limitations on Exercise of Incentive Stock Options. The
aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the incentive stock option
is granted) of the common stock with respect to which any incentive stock option
is first exercisable during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         (a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. One or more Stock Appreciation
Right awards may be granted to Eligible Persons. Stock Appreciation Rights may
be granted under the Plan in tandem with an option either at the time of grant
or by amendment or may be separately awarded. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be
subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board
shall impose.

         (b) Right to Exercise; Exercise Period. A Stock Appreciation Right
issued in tandem with an option shall be exercisable to the extent the option is
exercisable. A Stock Appreciation Right issued independent of an option shall be
exercisable pursuant to such terms and conditions established in the grant.

         (c) Automatic Redemption of Unexercised Stock Appreciation Rights. If
on the last day of the Option Period, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right
granted in tandem with an option, or the specified Award Period, in the case of
a Stock Appreciation Right issued independent of an option, the Participant has
not exercised such Stock Appreciation Right, then such Stock Appreciation Right
shall be automatically redeemed by the Corporation for an amount equal to the
payment that would otherwise have been made to the Participant if the
Participant had chosen to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right on the last day
of the Option Period or the specified Award Period, as the case may be.

         (d) Rights Upon Exercise. An exercisable Stock Appreciation Right
granted in tandem with an option shall entitle the Participant to surrender
unexercised the option or any portion thereof to which the Stock Appreciation
Right is attached, and to receive in exchange for the Stock Appreciation Right a
payment (in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof as described
below) equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock at the date
of exercise minus the Option Price times the number of shares called for by the
Stock Appreciation Right (or portion thereof) which is so exercised. For
example, assume that a Participant is granted a tandem Award of an option to
purchase 1,000 shares of Common Stock at an Option Price of $2.00 per share and
1,000 Stock Appreciation Rights. In such a case, the exercise of 700 options by
the Participant would relinquish and terminate 700 Stock Appreciation Rights;
similarly, the exercise of the remaining 300 Stock Appreciation Rights would
relinquish and terminate the remaining 300 options. If the Fair Market Value of
the Stock was $5.00 per share at both the time of the exercise of the options
and Stock Appreciation Rights, then the Participant would receive 700 shares of
Common Stock upon payment of $1,400 (700 times the Option Price of $2.00) and
the Corporation would pay the


<PAGE>   8


Participant $900 upon the exercise of the 300 Stock Appreciation Rights (($5.00
minus $2.00) times 300).

         With respect to the issuance of Stock Appreciation Rights which are not
granted in tandem with an option, the Board shall specify upon the date of grant
of the Stock Appreciation Right whether the Stock Appreciation Right is a
"regular" Stock Appreciation Right or a "book value" Stock Appreciation Right.
Upon the exercise of a "regular" Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant will
receive a payment equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock at the
date of exercise minus the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of
the Date of Grant of the Stock Appreciation Right times the number of shares
called for by the Stock Appreciation Right (or portion thereof) which is so
exercised. Upon the exercise of a "book value" Stock Appreciation Right, the
Participant will receive a payment equal to the Book Value of one share of Stock
at the date of exercise minus the Book Value of one share of Common Stock as of
the Date of the Grant of the Stock Appreciation Right times the number of shares
called for by the Stock Appreciation Right (or portion thereof) which is so
exercised.

         The value of any Common Stock to be received upon exercise of a Stock
Appreciation Right shall be the Fair Market Value of the Stock on such date of
exercise. To the extent that a Stock Appreciation Right issued in tandem with an
option is exercised, such option shall be deemed to have been exercised, and
shall not be deemed to have lapsed.

         (e) Transferability. The Board may impose such restrictions on
transferability of Stock Appreciation Rights, if any, as it may in its sole
discretion determine; provided however, that Stock Appreciation Rights issued in
tandem with the grant of an incentive stock option must be subject to the same
transferability restriction as the incentive stock option itself.

9. PERFORMANCE SHARES

         (a) Grant of Performance Shares. One or more Performance Shares awards
may be granted to Eligible Persons. Awards made pursuant to this Section 9 shall
be granted in the form of Performance Shares, subject to such terms and
conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall impose. Performance
Shares shall be issued to the Participant without the payment of consideration
by the Participant. Awards shall be based on the attainment of specified types
and combination of performance measurement criteria, which may differ as to
various Participants or classes or categories of Participants. Such criteria may
include, without limitation, the attainment of certain performance levels by the
individual Participant, the Corporation, a department or division of the
Corporation and/or a group or class of Participants.

         (b) Performance Period. The measuring period to establish the
performance criteria set forth in a Performance Share Award shall be determined
by the Board. A


<PAGE>   9


Performance Share Award may initially provide, or the Board may at any time
thereafter, but no more frequently than once in any six (6) month period, amend
it to provide, for waiver or reduction of the measuring period and, if
appropriate, for adjustment of the performance criteria set forth in the
Performance Share Award, upon the occurrence of events determined by the Board
in its sole discretion to justify such waiver, reduction or adjustment.

         (c) Form of Payment. Upon the completion of the applicable measuring
period, a determination shall be made by the Board in accordance with the Award
as to (i) the extent to which performance criteria have been attained, (ii) the
satisfaction of any other terms and conditions with respect to the Award, and
(iii) the number of shares of Common Stock to be awarded to the Participant. The
appropriate number of shares of Common Stock shall thereupon be issued to the
Participant in accordance with the Award in satisfaction of such Performance
Share Award.

10. AWARD SUMMARIES

         Each Award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Summary.
Delivery of an Award Summary to each Participant shall constitute an agreement
between the Corporation and the Participant as to the terms and conditions of
the Award.

11. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

         (a) Assignability. Except as otherwise provided below, no Award shall
be assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution and, during the lifetime of a Participant, the Award shall be
exercisable only by such Participant or such Participant's guardian or legal
representative. The Board, in its discretion, may permit a Participant during
their lifetime, to transfer a non-qualified stock option, for no consideration,
to or for the benefit of the Participant's immediate family (including a trust
for the benefit of the Participant's immediate family) or to a partnership or
limited liability company for one or more members of the Participant's immediate
family), subject to such limits as the Board may establish, and the transferee
shall remain subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to the Award
prior to such transfer. Any vesting period applicable to an Award shall,
however, continue to be measured in terms of the Participant's employment or
service to the Corporation or its Subsidiaries. The term "immediate family"
shall mean the Participant's spouse, parents, children, stepchildren, adoptive
children, sisters, brothers and grandchildren (and, for these purposes, shall
also include the Participant).

         (b) Termination of Employment or Relationship. If the employment or
relationship of a Participant as identified in his or her particular option
and/or Stock Appreciation Right agreement terminates for any reason other than
death or total and permanent disability, any options and/or Stock Appreciation
Rights granted to the Participant under the Plan which have not been exercised
shall be canceled, except that such an option and/or Stock Appreciation Right
may be exercised within three



<PAGE>   10


months after such termination of such relationship to the extent the option
and/or Stock Appreciation Right was exercisable on the date of termination of
such relationship. The Plan will not confer upon any Participant any right with
respect to continuance of such relationship with the Corporation; nor will it
interfere in any way with the Corporation's right to terminate such relationship
at any time.

         In the event of the death of a Participant, any option and/or Stock
Appreciation Right held by him or her at the time of his or her death shall be
transferred as provided in his will or as determined by the laws of descent and
distribution, and the terms of the option and/or Stock Appreciation Right may
provide that it may be exercised by the estate of the Participant, or by any
person who acquired such option and/or Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or
inheritance from the Participant, at any time or from time to time within three
months after the date of death (such date to be determined by the Board), but
not thereafter, to the extent the option and/or Stock Appreciation Right was
exercisable on such date.

         In the event of permanent disability (within the meaning of section
22(e)(3)) of a Participant, any option and/or Stock Appreciation Right granted
pursuant to the Plan and held by him or her may be exercised by the Participant
or his or her representative at any time or from time to time within one year
after the date of termination (such date to be determined by the Board), but not
thereafter, to the extent the option and/or Stock Appreciation Right was
exercisable on such date.

         (c) Rights as a Stockholder. An Eligible Person shall have all voting,
dividend, liquidation and other rights with respect to Common Stock in
accordance with its terms received by him or her as a Restricted Stock award
upon his or her becoming the holder of record of such Common Stock; provided,
however, that the Eligible Person's right to sell, encumber or otherwise
transfer such Common Stock shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the
grant of the Award and elsewhere in this Plan. A Participant shall not, by
reason of any option and/or Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to this
Plan, have any rights of a stockholder of the Corporation until the date of
issuance of the stock certificate(s) to him or her in respect of exercise of an
option and/or Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder.

         (d) Payments by Participants. The Board may determine that Awards for
which a payment is due from a Participant may be payable: (i) in U.S. dollars by
personal check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the
Corporation, by money transfers or direct account debits; (ii) through the
delivery or deemed delivery based on attestation to the ownership of shares of
Common Stock held by the payor for at least six months, with a Fair Market Value
equal to the total payment due; (iii) by a combination of the methods described
in (i) and (ii) above; (iv) in the case of a non-qualified stock option, by
authorizing a third party to sell shares of Common Stock (or a sufficient
portion of the shares) acquired upon exercise of the option and remit to the
Corporation a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire exercise
price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise, or (v) by such other
methods as the Board may deem appropriate.

<PAGE>   11


         (e) Withholding. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from an
Award pursuant to the Plan any federal, state or local taxes as it deems to be
required by law to be withheld with respect to such award. In the case of awards
paid in Common Stock, the Eligible Person or other person receiving such Common
Stock may be required to pay to the Corporation the amount of any such taxes
which the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such Common Stock.
At the request of an Eligible Person, or as required by law, such sums as may be
required for the payment of any estimated or accrued income tax liability may be
withheld and paid over to the governmental entity entitled to receive the same.
The Board may from time to time establish procedures for withholding of Common
Stock.

12. AMENDMENTS

         The Board (but not the Committee) may alter, amend, suspend or
discontinue this Plan to the extent permitted by law; provided, however, that no
alteration, amendment, suspension or discontinuance of this Plan shall adversely
affect any right acquired by any Participant under an Award granted before the
date of such alteration, amendment, suspension or discontinuance of this Plan
without the written consent of the Eligible Person to whom the stock award has
been granted. Any such action of the Board may be taken without the approval of
the Corporation's stockholders, but only to the extent that such stockholder
approval is not required by applicable law or regulation, including specifically
Section 422 of the Code and the rules or policies of the primary exchange or
trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded.

13. RECAPITALIZATION

         The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as to which Awards may
be granted hereunder, the number of shares thereof covered by each outstanding
Award, and the price per share thereof in each such Award, shall all be
proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares
or other capital adjustment, or the payment of a stock dividend or other
increase or decrease in such shares, effected without receipt of consideration
by the Corporation, or other change in corporate or capital structure; provided,
however, that any fractional shares resulting from any such adjustment shall be
eliminated. The Board shall make the foregoing changes and any other changes,
including changes in the classes of securities available, to the extent
necessary or desirable to preserve the intended benefits of this Plan for the
Corporation and the Participants in the event of any other reorganization,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, extraordinary dividend or
other distribution or similar transaction.

<PAGE>   12


14. NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT

         No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the
grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant, Director or
consultant the right to be retained in the employ of the Corporation or a
Subsidiary; provided, however, that this Section 14 shall not in any way modify
or void any written employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar
agreement between the Corporation and the Participant The Corporation and each
Subsidiary further expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss a
Participant free from any liability, or any claim under this Plan, except as
provided herein or in any Award Summary issued hereunder.

15. CHANGE IN CONTROL

         (a) Discontinuation of the Plan. The Plan shall be discontinued in the
event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation or in the event of a
Reorganization (as hereinafter defined) in which the Corporation is not the
surviving or acquiring company, or in which the Corporation is or becomes a
wholly-owned subsidiary of another company after the effective date of the
Reorganization and no plan or agreement respecting the Reorganization is
established which specifically provides for the continuation of the Plan and the
change, conversion, or exchange of the Common Stock relating to existing Awards
under this Plan for securities of another corporation. Upon the dissolution of
the Plan in connection with an event described in this subsection (a), all
Awards shall become fully vested and unrestricted and all outstanding options
and Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable by the holder
thereof. Any options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan may be
terminated as of a date fixed by the Board, provided that no less than fifteen
(15) days written notice of the date so fixed shall be given to each Participant
and each such Participant shall have the right during such period to exercise
all or any portion of such options or Stock Appreciation Rights. Any Stock
Appreciation Right not so exercised shall be redeemed.

         (b) Continuation of the Plan Upon a Reorganization. In the event of a
Reorganization (as hereinafter defined) (i) in which the Corporation is not the
surviving or acquiring company, or in which the Corporation is or becomes a
wholly-owned subsidiary of another company after the effective date of the
Reorganization, and (ii) with respect to which there is a reorganization
agreement which undertakes to continue the Plan and to provide for the change,
conversion or exchange of the Stock attributable to outstanding Awards for
securities of another corporation, then the Plan shall continue and the Board
shall adjust the shares under such outstanding Awards (and shall adjust the
shares remaining under the Plan which are then to be available for the grant of
additional Awards under the Plan, if the reorganization agreement makes specific
provisions therefor), in a manner not inconsistent with the provisions of the
reorganization agreement and this Plan for the adjustment, change, conversion or
exchange of such Awards.

         The term "Reorganization" as used in this Section 15 shall mean any
statutory merger, statutory consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the


<PAGE>   13


Corporation, or sale, pursuant to an agreement with the Corporation, of
securities of the Corporation pursuant to which the Corporation is or becomes a
wholly-owned subsidiary of another company after the effective date of the
Reorganization.

         (c) Adjustments and Determinations. Adjustments and determinations
under this Section 15 shall be made by the Board, whose decisions as to what
adjustments or determinations shall be made, and the extent thereof, shall be
final, binding, and conclusive.

16. RETIREMENT

         The Board may, in its discretion, waive the forfeiture, termination, or
lapse of an Award in the event of retirement of a Participant (each as
determined by the Board, in its discretion). Exercise of such discretion by the
Board in any individual case, however, shall not be deemed to require, or to
establish a precedent suggesting such waiver in any other case.

17. GOVERNING LAW

         To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control, this Plan and
the Awards issued hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed
by the law of the State of Colorado to the extent not inconsistent with Section
422 of the Code and regulations issued thereunder.

18. SAVINGS CLAUSE

         This Plan is intended to comply in all aspects with applicable law and
regulation. In case any one or more of the provisions of this Plan shall be held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law and
regulation, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provision shall be deemed null and void; however, to
the extent permissible by law, any provision which could be deemed null and void
shall first be construed, interpreted or revised retroactively to permit this
Plan to be construed in compliance with all applicable laws so as to foster the
intent of this Plan.

19. SUCCESSORS

         Awards issued under the Plan should be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of, the Corporation and its successors and assigns, and upon any person
acquiring, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise,
all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets and business.


<PAGE>   14


20. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM

         The FirsTier Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan shall be effective
this 15th day of September, 1999, subject to stockholder approval within one
year of this date. No option or restricted stock award shall be granted
hereunder after the expiration of ten years from the earlier of the date on
which the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors or the date it was approved
by the stockholders of the Corporation.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                                LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE made and entered into this 27th day of July, 1999, by and between
JMT, LLC hereinafter referred to as "Landlord," and Firstate Bank of Colorado
hereinafter referred to as "Tenant,"

                                   WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Tenant is desirous of leasing and hiring from Landlord certain premises
in that certain retail project located at 2616 E. 120th Avenue in Thornton,
Colorado, comprising three buildings collectively hereinafter referred to as the
"Project", also known as parcel number 171901214016 and legally described as
Yorktown Amended One, Block 1, Lot 2A and 2B.

NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the parties as follows:

1. Description of Property and Term:
(a) For and in consideration of the agreement of Tenant to pay the rent and
other sums herein provided for and to perform the terms, covenants and
conditions on its part herein contained, the full performance and observance of
which and all thereof being hereby agreed by Tenant to be conditions precedent
and subsequent to the covenants on the part of Landlord, and, at the option of
Landlord, to the continuance of this lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant,
and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord approximately 6,000 square feet,
comprising the entire Building C, shown on the attached Exhibit "A", located in
Thornton, Colorado, and more particularly designated on the floor plan attached
hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of this lease, and hereinafter referred to
as the "premises."

(b) The term of this lease shall be for a period of sixty (60) months,
commencing on the day that possession is tendered to Tenant, which Landlord
estimates will be August 1, 1999. Upon such tender, Tenant agrees to take
possession of the premises. In the event that the premises are not ready for
occupancy on or before August 1, 1999, for any reason, Landlord shall not be
liable and the rent will commence when substantially completed as evidenced by a
certificate of occupancy issued by the City of Thornton.

2. Rent:
(a) Tenant agrees to pay, as rent at Landlord's offices, the sum of $6,000.00
per month ($12.00/s.f.), in advance on the first day of each calendar month
during the lease term, without any deduction or offset whatsoever. If the lease
term commences on any day other than the first day of the calendar month, a pro
rata fraction of a full month's rent shall be paid on the first day of said
lease term and a corresponding pro rata fraction shall be paid for the partial
month at the end of said lease term. Tenant further agrees to pay Landlord any
excise, sales or privilege tax imposed or levied by any government or
governmental agency upon Landlord on account et this lease or the rent paid
hereunder. A late charge equal to 5% of the rent payment due hereunder shall be
paid by Tenant for each rent payment more than 10 days in arrears, for each
month said payment is in arrears.

(b) Contemporaneously with the execution of this lease, Tenant has deposited
with Landlord the sum of $0.00 receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by
Landlord, as security (but not as a trust fund) for the performance by Tenant of
all the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease to be kept and performed
by Tenant. Such security deposit shall be returned to Tenant, without interest,
upon the termination of this lease, provided Tenant has complied with all of the
terms, covenants and conditions hereof.

(c) Tenant's rent shall increase annually, commencing with the first calendar
month of the subsequent year, by an amount equal to multiplying the monthly rent
times the increase in the Consumer Price Index ("CPI") if the CPI increased over
the previous calendar year.

3. Use of Premises:
(a) Tenant shall use the premises for General Office and for no other purpose.



<PAGE>   2


(b) Tenant shall not commit, or suffer to be committed, any nuisance or other
act or thing against public policy, or which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of
any other tenant of the Project. Tenant agrees not to deface or damage the
Project in any manner or overload the floors of the premises.

(c) Tenant agrees not to use or permit the use of the premises or any part
thereof for any purpose prohibited by law, and Tenant agrees, at its sole
expense, to comply with and conform to all the requirements of all governmental
authorities having jurisdiction thereof, present or future, relating in any way
to the condition, use and occupancy of the premises throughout the entire term
of this lease.

(d) No goods, merchandise or materials shall be kept, stored or sold by Tenant
on or about the premises which are in any way hazardous, and Tenant shall not
suffer or permit any acts of omission or commission to be done on or about the
premises which will increase the existing rate of fire insurance. If the said
insurance rate is increased by such an act, then the increased cost of such
insurance on the Project shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord with the next
succeeding installment of rent. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall comply with
any and all requirements of any insurance organization or company necessary for
the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance covering the
premises and the Project.

4. SERVICES:
(a) DEFINING OPERATING EXPENSES: The term "Operating Expenses" refers to the
aggregate of all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature
relating to or incurred or paid in connection with the ownership, operation and
maintenance of the Project, equipment, fixtures, and facilities used in
connection therewith, including, but not limited to wages and salaries of all
employees directly engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the
Project, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; the cost of
all labor, supplies, materials and tools used in the operation and maintenance
of the Project; management fees; the cost of all accounting expenses incurred in
connection with the ownership and operation of the building and Land; the cost
of all utilities for the Project, including but not limited to, the cost of
water and power for heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating; the
cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Project and equipment
therein or thereon, including, but not limited to, security service, window
cleaning, elevator maintenance (if any) and janitorial service; the cost of all
insurance relating to the Project, including, but not limited to, the cost of
casualty, and liability insurance applicable to the Project and Landlord's
personal property used in connection therewith; Taxes (defined in Paragraph 5);
the cost of repairs, refurbishing, restoration and general maintenance; a
reasonable amortization charge on account of any capital expenditure incurred
(i) to comply with any governmental rule, regulation, law or otherwise, or (ii)
to effect a reduction in the Operating Expenses of the Project; and, all other
items constituting operating and maintenance costs in connection with the
Project according to generally accepted accounting principles. Except as
specifically provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Operating Expenses
shall not include the following: (i) depreciation, (ii) leasing commissions,
iii) repairs and restorations paid for by the proceeds of any insurance policy
or (iv) construction of improvements of a capital nature, (v) income and
franchise taxes other than that portion, if any, of income and franchise taxes
which may hereafter be assessed and paid in lieu of or as a substitute in whole
or in part for Taxes.

(b) ARRANGING FOR SERVICES: Landlord will contract, arrange or be responsible
for all services or liabilities of any kind and nature relating to or in
connection with the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Project,
equipment, fixtures, and facilities describe above in Paragraph 4(a) as
Operating Expenses, except that Tenant will contract and arrange separately with
utility provider for gas and electric services and shall be responsible for all
services within its premises including but not limited to janitor services and
ballast replacement. Landlord shall not be liable for the stoppage or
interruption of any of said services or utilities caused by riots, strikes,
labor disputes, accidents, necessary repairs or conditions beyond Landlord's
control. Tenant agrees not to connect to or alter any utilities or equipment
provided by Landlord without the consent of Landlord.

(c) PAYING FOR SERVICES: Tenant will be responsible for paying its pro rata
share of all Operating Expenses (defined above) as additional rent each month
excluding those services contracted for separately (as previously agreed to with
Landlord). Beginning each calendar year, Tenant will pay one twelfth (1/12) of
its annual pro rata share of the projected amount for Operating Expenses for the
coming calendar year. At the end of the year, Landlord will reconcile the
estimate to the actual Operating Expenses at the end of each year and credit or
debit Tenant accordingly, which will apply to the very next rent payment due.
For


<PAGE>   3

purposes of this lease, Tenant's pro rata share of these Operating Expenses
shall be determined by multiplying the total Operating Expenses or estimated
Operating Expenses by .3727 (6,000/16,098).

5. Taxes:
In addition to the rent payments herein above provided for Tenant shall pay, at
its own cost, all lawful taxes, charges and assessments, both general and
special, of every kind, as shall or may hereafter be imposed, levied or assessed
upon the premises, or any part thereof, or interest therein, or any improvements
that may hereafter be made upon said premises, or every kind and character,
including all assessments for local or special improvements and all water rents,
which may be made by any governmental authority, upon or against the premises at
any time during the term of this lease; provided, that as to any assessments for
a local or special improvement, the Tenant, is such election exists, may elect
to pay such assessment in installments and shall not be obligated to pay any
installment falling due subsequent to the term of this lease.

In no event shall the term "Taxes or Assessments" as used herein include any
federal, state or local income taxes levied or assessed on Landlord, nor any
inheritance, estate, successor, or transfer or gift taxes imposed upon Landlord.
Tenant shall make prompt payment of all such taxes and assessments herein above
agreed to be paid as and when the same become legally due and payable, and shall
never suffer or permit any default in the payment thereof, which, by any then
provision of any law, would warrant or allow any official or officials to
proceed in any manner to enforce the collection thereof, and will, annually,
before any such taxes, charges or assessments, or other levies become
delinquent; and shall deliver to Landlord the official receipt of the
governmental agency imposing such tax showing payment in full of all taxes,
charges, or assessments, or other levies then due. If, at any time, any such tax
or assessment that Tenant is obligated to pay shall become delinquent, and
Tenant shall fail to pay the same, Landlord may pay same, and from the time of
payment by Landlord, the sum so paid shall bear interest at the rate of eighteen
percent (18%) per annum, and the amount so paid shall, at the option of the
Landlord be deemed and taken as, and is hereby declared to be, so much
additional rent for the above demised premises to be due and payable by the
Tenant, and the same may be collected as any other rent, and, in addition
thereto, whatever penalty or forfeiture is herein provided for the non payment
of rent shall exist and be available to the Landlord and operate against the
Tenant for nonpayment of such taxes, charges, or assessments.

The Tenant shall have the right to contest the imposition or exaction of any
tax, charges, or assessments in any proceeding or court; provided, however, that
if the Tenant determines to engage in such contest, it shall make suitable
provision, satisfactory to Landlord, guaranteeing the payment of all taxes,
costs and expenses, in the event the Tenant does not prevail; and Provided,
further, that such action or proceeding shall be wholly at the expense of the
Tenant.

6. No Representations:
It is mutually agreed that no representations, warranties, covenants or
agreements, expressed or implied, have been made, other than as expressly set
forth herein.

7. Acceptance of Premises:
No representations, except such as are contained herein, have been made to
Tenant respecting the condition of the premises. By entry hereunder, Tenant
accepts the premises as being free from defects and in good, clean and sanitary
order, condition and repair, and agrees to keep the premises in such condition.
Tenant further agrees on the last day of the term hereby created, or sooner
termination of this lease, to surrender unto Landlord the premises in the same
condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

8. Destruction of Premises:
In the event of a partial or total destruction of the premises during the lease
term from any cause other than by failure or neglect on the part of the Tenant
to perform or observe any term, covenant or condition hereof, Landlord shall
forthwith repair the same, unless Landlord shall elect to terminate this lease
as hereinafter set forth. Such destruction shall in nowise annul or void this
lease, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of the
rent while such repairs are being made, such proportionate reduction to be based
upon the extent to which the making of such repairs shall interfere with
business carried on by Tenant



<PAGE>   4



on or about said premises. In respect to any damage or destruction which
Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair under the terms of the
paragraph, Tenant hereby waives all rights under any law in existence during the
term of this lease authorizing the termination of a lease upon the complete or
partial destruction of the leased premises. In the event that the premises are
partially or totally destroyed by a cause or casualty other than those covered
by fire and extended coverage insurance, or in the event that the premises is
destroyed by any cause or casualty to the extent of not less than thirty-three
and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the replacement cost thereof, whether the
premises be damaged or not. Landlord may elect to terminate this lease by giving
notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such
destruction.

9. Eminent Domain
If any part of the premises shall be taken for public or quasi-public use by
right of eminent domain, or transferred by agreement in connection with such
public or quasi-public use, with or without any condemnation action or
proceeding being instituted, this lease shall terminate as of the date title
shall vest in the condemnor. All compensation or damages awarded upon such
taking or transfer shall go to Landlord and Tenant shall have no claim thereto.

10. Alterations and Improvements
(a) Landlord agrees to deliver the premises to Tenant "as is" without any
warranty for their suitability for Tenant's intended use, except that the roof
and heat and air-conditioning system will be in good repair. Tenant shall
construct and install at its sole expense any and all leasehold improvements and
fixtures, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, it being
expressly understood that Landlord's sole construction obligation is to provide
the shell as shown on Exhibit A. Tenant agrees not to make any alterations of or
additions to the premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.
Landlord hereby consents to the alterations as proposed on Exhibit B. All
alterations of or additions to the premises except movable trade fixtures and
equipment shall take place under the supervision of Landlord and shall become a
part of the realty. Tenant shall keep the premises and the improvements thereon
free and clear of all liens arising out of or claimed by reason of any work
performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by or at the instance of
Tenant, and indemnify and save Landlord and the premises and the Project
harmless of all such liens or claims of lien and all attorney's fees and other
costs and expenses incurred by reason thereof. Color and material of drapes
installed by Tenant shall be subject to approval of Landlord.

(b) Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding' Landlord and Tenant
agree that the ownership, right to possession and control of all carpet
installed in the premises, shall vest in Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees to use
pads to protect the carpet under each chair and further agrees to repair,
replace and maintain (except for janitorial service) the carpet in the premises.

(c) Landlord shall have the right at any time to alter repair or improve the
premises and the Project, and Landlord and its representatives for that purpose
may enter on and about the premises and the Project with such material as
Landlord may deem necessary , and may erect scaffolding and all other necessary
structures on or about the premises and the Project. Tenant waives any claim for
damages including loss of business resulting therefrom. In the exercise of its
rights under this sub-paragraph, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with
the conduct of Tenant's business.

11. Liability/Insurance
(a) Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not at any time or to any extent
whatsoever be liable, responsible or in anywise accountable for any loss,
injury, death or damage to persons or property, from any cause or causes
whatsoever, except that caused by the negligence of Landlord, its agents or
employees, which at any time may be suffered or sustained by Tenant, or by any
person whosoever arising out of any such loss, injury, death or damage, except
that caused by the negligence of Landlord, its agents or employees, however
occurring. Tenant agrees to pay for all damages done to the premises or to the
Project by Tenant or any person or persons permitted on the premises by Tenant.

(b) Landlord shall maintain, during the Term of this Lease, fire and extended
coverage insurance ("Insurance") insuring the Project and the premises, but
excluding Tenant's goods, furniture, property or Tenant's improvements in the
premises, against damage or loss from fire or other casualty normally insured


<PAGE>   5


against under the terms of standard policies of fire and extended coverage
insurance. Tenant shall be responsible for providing, at Tenant's own expense,
all insurance coverage necessary for Tenant's goods, furniture, Tenant's
improvements or other property placed in the premises. During the term of this
Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall obtain and maintain with insurance
companies with at least an A M Best's "B" rating, comprehensive public liability
insurance insuring Tenant, Landlord and Landlord's assignees, if any, against
liability for injury to persons or property occurring in or about the Premises
or Project, or arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or occupancy
thereof by Tenant, its directors, officers, managers, partners, employees,
agents, invitees, guests, or any parties contracting with Tenant. The liability
under such insurance shall not be less than $500,000.00 for anyone person
injured and/or killed and not less than $1,000,000.00 for anyone accident, and
not less than $100,000.00 for personal property damage per accident. A
certificate of such insurance shall be furnished to Landlord, and such policy
shall provide that it may not be altered or canceled without given ten (10) days
prior notice to Landlord.

12. Entry by Landlord
Landlord and its representatives shall have the right to enter the premises at
all reasonable times to inspect the same, to make repairs and to maintain the
Project, to post such reasonable notices as Landlord may desire to protect its
rights, or, during the sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of this lease, to
exhibit the premises to prospective tenants and to place upon the doors or in
the windows of the premises any usual or ordinary "to let" or "to lease" signs.

13. Tenant's Fixtures
Tenant, at any time Tenant is not in default hereunder, may remove its movable
trade fixtures and equipment, and upon expiration or termination of this lease,
if so requested by Landlord, shall remove all fixtures and equipment installed
on the premises by Tenant, whether or not such fixtures and equipment are
fastened to the Project and regardless of the manner in which they are so
fastened; provided, however, the Tenant shall fully repair damage of any kind or
character occasioned by the removal of any such fixtures or equipment and shall
leave the premises and Project in a good, clean and sanitary condition.

14. Abandonment
Tenant shall not vacate or abandon the premises at any time during the term of
this lease; and, if Tenant shall vacate, abandon or surrender the premises or be
dispossessed by process of law or otherwise, any personal property left on the
premises shall be deemed to be abandoned at the option of Landlord.

15. Transfer of Landlord's Interest
Landlord hereby reserves the right to sell, assign or transfer this lease upon
the condition that in such event this lease shall remain in full force and
effect, subject to the performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and
conditions on its part to be performed. Upon any such sale, assignment or
transfer, other than merely as security, Tenant agrees to look solely to the
responsibility of assignee or transferee with respect to all matters in
connection with this lease and Landlord shall be released from any further
obligations hereunder. If any security deposit has been made by Tenant
hereunder, Landlord may transfer such security deposit to such assignee or
transferee and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability
in reference thereto.

16. Assignment and Subletting
(a) Tenant shall not assign this lease, nor sublet all or any portion of the
premises, nor permit the use of all or any part of the premises by persons other
than Tenant, its servants and agents, without the prior written consent of
Landlord, and any such assignment, sublease or permission without such consent
shall be void and, at the option of Landlord, shall terminate this lease.

(b) Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act or
any amendment thereto be commenced by or against Tenant, and, if against Tenant,
said proceedings shall not be dismissed before either an adjudication in
bankruptcy or the confirmation of a composition, arrangement or plan or
reorganization, or in the event Tenant be adjudged insolvent or make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a writ of attachment or
execution be levied on the leasehold estate hereby created and be not released
or satisfied within fifteen (15) days thereafter, or if a receiver be appointed
in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party with authority to take
possession or control of the premises or the business


<PAGE>   6


conducted thereon by Tenant and such receiver be not discharged within a period
of fifteen (15) days after his appointment, any such event shall constitute a
breach of this lease by Tenant and, at the option of Landlord and without notice
or entry or other action, Landlord shall terminate this lease and also all
rights of Tenant under this lease and any and all persons claiming under Tenant,
in and to the premises.

17. Rules and Regulations
The Landlord shall have the right from time to time to prescribe rules and
regulations, which, in its judgement, may be desirable, for the use, entry,
operation and management of the premises and the Project, each of which rules
and regulations shall become a part of this lease. Tenant agrees to comply with
such rules and regulations.

18. Signs
(a) Landlord will allow Tenant to erect a sign along 120th Avenue for the
benefit of itself and six (6) other Tenants in Project. Tenant will be given the
most prominent and largest name strip on said monument sign. Tenant will pay for
seventy-five percent (75%) and Landlord will pay for twenty-five percent (25%)
of the costs of such a sign.

(b) Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any sign, advertisement,
notice or other display on any part of the inside or outside of the premises,
except of such color, size and style and in such locations as shall be
designated by Landlord. Tenant, upon request of Landlord, shall immediately
remove any sign, advertisement, notice or other display which Tenant has placed
or permitted to be placed on any part of the inside or outside of the premises,
which in the opinion of Landlord, is objectionable, offensive or not in good
taste, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may enter the premises and
remove the same at the expense of Tenant.

19. Default
(a) If Tenant shall fail to pay any part of the rent herein provided or any
other sum required by this lease to be paid to Landlord at the times or in the
manner provided, or if default shall be made in any of the other covenants or
conditions on its part agreed to be performed, besides other rights or remedies
it may have, under this lease or otherwise, if such failure to pay rent or such
other sum or such default shall continue for ten (10) days after written notice
thereof from Landlord to Tenant, then Landlord, may either (i) terminate this
lease, or (ii) re-enter the premises by summary proceedings or otherwise, remove
all persons and property from the premises without liability to any person for
damages sustained by reason of such removal, and re-let the premises at such
rent and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion
may deem advisable. In such event, Tenant shall remain liable for the monthly
rent reserved in this lease, plus the reasonable cost of obtaining possession of
and re-letting the premises and of any repairs and alterations necessary to
prepare them for re-letting, less the rents received from such re letting, if
any. Any and all monthly deficiencies so payable by Tenant shall be paid monthly
on the date herein provided for the payment of rent. No such re-entry or taking
possession of the premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its
part to terminate this lease unless a written notice of such intention be given
to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent
jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such re-letting without termination, Landlord
may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this lease for such previous
breach. Should Landlord at any time terminate this lease for any breach, in
addition to any other remedies it may have, it may recover from Tenant all
damages it may incur by reason of such breach, including the cost of recovering
the premises, and including the worth at the time of such termination of the
excess, if any, of the amount of rent and charges equivalent to rent reserved in
this lease for the remainder of the stated term over the then reasonable rent
value of the premises for the remainder of the stated term, all of which amounts
shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord.

(b) All remedies herein conferred upon Landlord shall be cumulative and no one
exclusive of any other remedy conferred herein or by law. If Tenant is in
default, Landlord may prevent removal of property from the premises by any
lawful means it deems necessary to protect its interests.

20. Attorney Fees
(a) If any person not a party to this lease shall institute an action against
Tenant in which Landlord, involuntarily and without cause, shall be made a party
defendant, Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord



<PAGE>   7


harmless from all liabilities by reason thereof, including reasonable attorney
fees and all costs incurred by Landlord in such action.

(b) If an action shall be brought to recover any rent under this lease, or for
or on account of any breach of or to enforce or interpret any of the terms,
covenants or conditions of this lease, or for the recovery of possession of the
premises, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other
party, as part of prevailing party's costs, a reasonable attorney's fee, the
amount of which shall be fixed by the court and shall be made a part of any
judgement rendered.

21. Holding Over
Should Tenant hold possession hereunder after the expiration of the lease term
hereby created with the consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant on a
month-to month tenancy upon all the terms, covenants and conditions herein
specified.

22. Subordination
Landlord expressly reserves the right at any time to place liens and
encumbrances on and against the premises and the Project, superior in lien and
effect to this lease and the estate created hereby. This lease, at the option of
Landlord, is and shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to the lien and
estate of any liens and encumbrances, renewals, extensions or replacements
thereof now or hereafter imposed by Landlord upon the premises or the Project.
Tenant agrees to execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or
instruments subordinating this lease to any such liens or encumbrances as shall
be desired by Landlord, and hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its attorney in
fact to execute and deliver any such instrument or instruments for or in the
name of Tenant.

23. Notices
All notices, demands or other writing in this lease provided to be given, made
or sent by either party hereto to the other shall be deemed to have been fully
given, made or sent when made in writing and deposited in the United States mail
certified or registered and postage prepaid and addressed as follows:

TO LANDLORD: TO TENANT: Firstate Bank on the leased premises
JMT, LLC COPY TO: Mr. Timothy D. Wiens,
c/o Mr. Timothy D. Wiens Firstate Bank of Colorado
11210 Huron Street 11210 Huron Street
Northglenn, Colorado 80234 Northglenn, Colorado 80234

The address to which any notice demand or other writing may be given made or
sent to either party may be changed by written notice given by such party as
above provided.

24. Waiver
The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term covenant or condition herein
contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition
herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall
not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant
or condition of this lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the
particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such
preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. None of the terms,
covenants or conditions of this lease can be waived by either Landlord or Tenant
except by appropriate written agreement duly executed by both of the parties
hereto.

25. Construction of Lease
The language in all parts of this lease shall in all cases be construed as a
whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for nor against either
Landlord or Tenant. Paragraph headings in this lease are for convenience only
and are not to be construed as a part of this lease or in any way defining,
limiting or amplifying the provisions hereof. Time is of the essence of this
lease and of every term, covenant and condition hereof. The words "Landlord" and
"Tenant", as herein used, shall include the plural as well as the singular. The
neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine. In the event there is more
than one Tenant, the obligations to be performed shall be joint and several.
Landlord and Tenant agree that in the event any term, covenant or condition
herein contained is held to be invalid or void by any court of



<PAGE>   8


competent jurisdiction, the invalidity of any such term, covenant or condition
shall in no way affect any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

26. Successors and Assigns
Subject to the provisions of paragraph 16 hereof, all the terms, covenants and
conditions of this lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and
shall apply to the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors,
assigns and legal representatives of Landlord and Tenant.

27. Reasonable Consent
Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold its approval of or consent to any
act of Tenant, where such approval or consent is required by the terms of this
lease.

28. Additional Provisions
A. Option to Renew
Should Tenant not be in default of any of the covenants or conditions of this
lease, by giving at least six months prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant
may have an option to an additional five (5) year term at the prevailing market
rate for similar quality office space in Thornton, Colorado.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this instrument by proper
persons hereunto duly authorized so to do the day and year first herein above
written.

LANDLORD: JMT, LLC                           TENANT: Firstate Bank of Colorado


By:      //TD Wiens                          By:    // Brigitte M. Howorko
- -------------------                          -----------------------------
Timothy D. Wiens                             Brigitte M. Howorko
Managing Member                              Senior Vice President


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16

                                LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

                                                             September ___, 1999

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
c/o U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

         Re:  Firstier Bancorp, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  The undersigned understands that you will act as
representatives for a group of underwriters (the "Underwriters") who propose to
enter into a Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with Firstier
Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") and certain Selling Stockholders providing for the
public offering (the "Offering") by the Underwriters of Common Stock of the
Company (the "Common Stock") pursuant to the Company's Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  In consideration of the Underwriters' agreement to purchase
and make the Offering of the Common Stock, and for other good and valuable
consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby
agrees, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Purchase Agreement, not
to, without the prior written consent of U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. (which
consent may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly, offer
for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of (including
without limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open "put
equivalent position" within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) or otherwise dispose of
any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of Common
Stock or any security or instrument related to such Common Stock, options or
warrants, or publicly announce the undersigned's intention to do any of the
foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may sell or otherwise
transfer shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that
the undersigned provides prior written notice of such gift or gifts to you and
the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound by the restrictions set forth
herein, (ii) as a distribution to stockholders of the undersigned, if any,
provided that the distributee or distributees thereof agree to be bound by the
restrictions set forth herein, or (iii) acquired in the public market on or
after the date of the Purchase Agreement.

                  Furthermore, the undersigned hereby agrees and consents to the
entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer agent against
the transfer of securities of the Company held by the undersigned except in
compliance with this Lock-Up Agreement.


<PAGE>   2

Page 2


                  The undersigned recognizes that the Offering will be of
benefit to the undersigned and will benefit the Company by, among other things,
raising additional capital for its operations. The undersigned acknowledges that
the Underwriters are relying on the representations and agreements of the
undersigned contained in this Lock-Up Agreement in carrying out the Offering and
in entering into underwriting arrangements with respect to the Offering. This
Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and will be binding on the undersigned and the
respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the
undersigned. If the Offering does not close by December 31, 1999, this Lock-Up
Agreement shall terminate immediately upon such date and you will release us
from our obligations under this Agreement.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     Signature:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                     Printed Name:
                                                  ------------------------------

                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     (indicate capacity of person signing if
                                     signing as custodian or trustee or on
                                     behalf of an entity)

                                     Address:
                                             -----------------------------------

                                             -----------------------------------

                                             -----------------------------------


Accepted as of the date
first set forth above:

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

By:
   --------------------------------
         Managing Director



<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21


                           SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Percentage Ownership
Name of Subsidiary            State of Incorporation            by Registrant
- ------------------            ----------------------        --------------------
<S>                                  <C>                           <C>
Firstate Bank                        Nebraska                       91.4%
FirsTier Bank                        Colorado                      100.0%
First Mtg. Bancorp                   Colorado                      100.0%
FW Capital I                         Delaware                      100.0%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1




Board of Directors
FirsTier Corporation

We consent to the use of our report included in this Registration Statement on
Form SB-2 of FirsTier Corporation and to the references to our firm under the
headings "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" in the prospectus.


                                        /s/ Clifton Gunderson L.L.C.
                                        -----------------------------------
                                            CLIFTON GUNDERSON L.L.C.

Denver, Colorado
December 21, 1999


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission